UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-Q
|
|
|
þ
|
|
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2006
OR
|
|
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 000-51447
EXPEDIA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
20-2705720
|
|
|
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
|
3150 139
th
Avenue SE
Bellevue, WA 98005
(Address of principal executive office) (Zip Code)
(425) 679-7200
(Registrants telephone number, including area code)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated
filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated
filer in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
o
Accelerated filer
o
Non-accelerated filer
þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of
the Securities Exchange Act of
1934).
Yes
o
No
þ
The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrants classes of common stock as of
October 31, 2006 was:
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share
|
|
305,520,821 shares
|
Class B
common stock, $0.001 par value per share
|
|
25,599,998 shares
|
EXPEDIA,
INC.
Form 10-Q
For the Quarter Ended September 30, 2006
Contents
Part
I. Item 1. Consolidated Financial Statements
EXPEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended
|
|
|
Nine months ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
613,942
|
|
|
$
|
584,653
|
|
|
$
|
1,706,298
|
|
|
$
|
1,624,706
|
|
Cost of revenue(1)
|
|
|
133,094
|
|
|
|
124,020
|
|
|
|
380,857
|
|
|
|
367,607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
480,848
|
|
|
|
460,633
|
|
|
|
1,325,441
|
|
|
|
1,257,099
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing(1)
|
|
|
215,086
|
|
|
|
184,560
|
|
|
|
614,778
|
|
|
|
556,763
|
|
General and administrative(1)
|
|
|
66,156
|
|
|
|
60,686
|
|
|
|
210,570
|
|
|
|
183,736
|
|
Technology and content(1)
|
|
|
36,034
|
|
|
|
30,854
|
|
|
|
104,866
|
|
|
|
101,998
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
26,569
|
|
|
|
30,756
|
|
|
|
86,860
|
|
|
|
94,204
|
|
Impairment of intangible asset
|
|
|
47,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
|
5,138
|
|
|
|
9,578
|
|
|
|
9,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
89,292
|
|
|
|
148,639
|
|
|
|
251,789
|
|
|
|
311,343
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income from IAC/InterActiveCorp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,089
|
|
Other interest income
|
|
|
9,697
|
|
|
|
2,962
|
|
|
|
20,332
|
|
|
|
7,774
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4,857
|
)
|
|
|
(310
|
)
|
|
|
(7,230
|
)
|
|
|
(384
|
)
|
Write-off of long-term investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,426
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,426
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
2,926
|
|
|
|
7,379
|
|
|
|
17,049
|
|
|
|
11,889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income, net
|
|
|
7,766
|
|
|
|
1,921
|
|
|
|
30,151
|
|
|
|
35,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes and minority interest
|
|
|
97,058
|
|
|
|
150,560
|
|
|
|
281,940
|
|
|
|
347,285
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(37,707
|
)
|
|
|
(69,026
|
)
|
|
|
(103,523
|
)
|
|
|
(143,895
|
)
|
Minority interest in (earnings) losses of consolidated subsidiaries, net
|
|
|
(374
|
)
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
(623
|
)
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
58,977
|
|
|
$
|
82,035
|
|
|
$
|
177,794
|
|
|
$
|
203,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings per share available to common stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.61
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
|
0.23
|
|
|
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
0.59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
330,359
|
|
|
|
336,409
|
|
|
|
340,660
|
|
|
|
335,833
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
341,137
|
|
|
|
353,351
|
|
|
|
355,075
|
|
|
|
344,819
|
|
|
(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
1,816
|
|
|
$
|
(4,052
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,627
|
|
|
$
|
7,133
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
2,968
|
|
|
|
(861
|
)
|
|
|
11,665
|
|
|
|
14,590
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
7,043
|
|
|
|
1,791
|
|
|
|
25,483
|
|
|
|
37,527
|
|
Technology and content
|
|
|
4,612
|
|
|
|
2,113
|
|
|
|
13,772
|
|
|
|
20,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
16,439
|
|
|
$
|
(1,009
|
)
|
|
$
|
57,547
|
|
|
$
|
79,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
2
EXPEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
945,692
|
|
|
$
|
297,416
|
|
Restricted cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
18,274
|
|
|
|
23,585
|
|
Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance of $4,365 and $3,914
|
|
|
216,947
|
|
|
|
174,019
|
|
Prepaid merchant bookings
|
|
|
53,040
|
|
|
|
30,655
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
62,002
|
|
|
|
64,569
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,295,955
|
|
|
|
590,244
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
124,737
|
|
|
|
90,984
|
|
Long-term investments and other assets
|
|
|
56,113
|
|
|
|
39,431
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,050,764
|
|
|
|
1,176,503
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
5,856,663
|
|
|
|
5,859,730
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS
|
|
$
|
8,384,232
|
|
|
$
|
7,756,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable, merchant
|
|
$
|
658,452
|
|
|
$
|
534,882
|
|
Accounts payable, other
|
|
|
126,934
|
|
|
|
107,580
|
|
Short-term borrowings
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
230,755
|
|
Deferred merchant bookings
|
|
|
623,944
|
|
|
|
406,948
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
11,083
|
|
|
|
7,068
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
80,396
|
|
|
|
43,405
|
|
Deferred income taxes, net
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
3,178
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
125,946
|
|
|
|
104,409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
1,627,114
|
|
|
|
1,438,225
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes, net
|
|
|
341,433
|
|
|
|
368,880
|
|
Derivative liabilities
|
|
|
30,845
|
|
|
|
105,827
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
34,427
|
|
|
|
38,423
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
55,960
|
|
|
|
71,774
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock $.001 par value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized shares: 100,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A shares issued and outstanding: 846 and 846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock $.001 par value
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
Authorized shares: 1,600,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued: 327,428,245 and 323,184,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares outstanding: 305,293,547 and 321,979,486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common stock $.001 par value
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Authorized shares: 400,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued and outstanding: 25,599,998 and 25,599,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
5,865,119
|
|
|
|
5,695,498
|
|
Treasury stock Common stock, at cost
|
|
|
(320,569
|
)
|
|
|
(25,464
|
)
|
Shares: 22,134,698 and 1,205,091
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
242,772
|
|
|
|
64,978
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
6,778
|
|
|
|
(1,598
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
5,794,453
|
|
|
|
5,733,763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
$
|
8,384,232
|
|
|
$
|
7,756,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
3
EXPEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in thousands, except share data)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
common stock
|
|
|
paid-in
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
capital
|
|
|
stock
|
|
|
earnings
|
|
|
income (loss)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2005
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
323,184,577
|
|
|
$
|
323
|
|
|
|
25,599,998
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
5,695,498
|
|
|
$
|
(25,464
|
)
|
|
$
|
64,978
|
|
|
$
|
(1,598
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,733,763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177,794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177,794
|
|
Net loss on derivative contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,097
|
)
|
|
|
(1,097
|
)
|
Currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,473
|
|
|
|
9,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
186,170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement of derivative liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,584
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of equity instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,243,668
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,167
|
|
Spin-Off related tax adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,465
|
|
Tax deficiencies on equity awards and other, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,869
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,869
|
)
|
Treasury stock activity related to exercise
of equity instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,777
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,777
|
)
|
Common stock repurchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(288,328
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(288,328
|
)
|
Modification of cash-based equity awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,930
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,930
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of September 30, 2006
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
327,428,245
|
|
|
$
|
327
|
|
|
|
25,599,998
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
5,865,119
|
|
|
$
|
(320,569
|
)
|
|
$
|
242,772
|
|
|
$
|
6,778
|
|
|
$
|
5,794,453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
4
EXPEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
177,794
|
|
|
$
|
203,496
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
35,834
|
|
|
|
37,869
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets, non-cash distribution and marketing,
and stock-based compensation
|
|
|
153,985
|
|
|
|
183,158
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(31,702
|
)
|
|
|
29,948
|
|
Unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net
|
|
|
(11,609
|
)
|
|
|
(12,000
|
)
|
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
|
|
|
(2,331
|
)
|
|
|
(870
|
)
|
Minority interest in earnings (losses) of consolidated subsidiaries, net
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
Write-off of long-term investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,426
|
|
Impairment of intangible asset
|
|
|
47,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
|
690
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts and notes receivable
|
|
|
(39,767
|
)
|
|
|
(28,468
|
)
|
Prepaid merchant bookings and prepaid expenses
|
|
|
(30,178
|
)
|
|
|
(39,047
|
)
|
Accounts payable, other and other current liabilities
|
|
|
103,189
|
|
|
|
133,105
|
|
Accounts payable, merchant
|
|
|
122,307
|
|
|
|
212,804
|
|
Deferred merchant bookings
|
|
|
216,911
|
|
|
|
197,154
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
4,001
|
|
|
|
2,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
746,842
|
|
|
|
943,653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(29,830
|
)
|
|
|
11,515
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(67,580
|
)
|
|
|
(40,859
|
)
|
Increase in long-term investments and deposits
|
|
|
(1,820
|
)
|
|
|
(2,379
|
)
|
Transfers to IAC/InterActiveCorp, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(753,613
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,967
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(99,230
|
)
|
|
|
(787,303
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of short-term borrowings
|
|
|
(230,649
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs
|
|
|
495,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(2,604
|
)
|
|
|
(23,173
|
)
|
Proceeds from exercise of equity awards
|
|
|
29,360
|
|
|
|
20,458
|
|
Excess tax benefit on equity awards
|
|
|
781
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock activity
|
|
|
(295,105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution to IAC/InterActiveCorp, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(65,991
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,601
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(2,535
|
)
|
|
|
(71,307
|
)
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
3,199
|
|
|
|
1,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
648,276
|
|
|
|
86,207
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
297,416
|
|
|
|
141,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
945,692
|
|
|
$
|
227,875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
2,859
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Income tax payments, net
|
|
|
63,955
|
|
|
|
5,115
|
|
See accompanying notes.
5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2006
(Unaudited)
Note 1 Basis of Presentation
Description of Business
Expedia, Inc. and its subsidiaries provide travel products and services to leisure and
corporate travelers in the United States (U.S.) and abroad. These travel products and services
are offered through a diversified portfolio of brands including: Expedia, Hotels.com, Hotwire.com,
our private label programs (Worldwide Travel Exchange and Interactive Affiliate Network), Classic
Vacations, Expedia Corporate Travel (ECT), eLong and TripAdvisor. In addition, many of these
brands have related international points of sale. We refer to Expedia, Inc. and its subsidiaries
collectively as Expedia, the Company, us, we and our in these unaudited consolidated
financial statements.
On December 21, 2004, IAC/InterActiveCorp (IAC) announced its plan to separate into two
independent public companies to allow each company to focus on its individual strategic objectives.
We refer to this transaction as the Spin-Off. A new company, Expedia, Inc., was incorporated
under Delaware law in April 2005, to hold substantially all of IACs travel and travel-related
businesses. On August 9, 2005, the Spin-Off was completed and Expedia, Inc. shares began trading on
NASDAQ under the symbol EXPE.
Basis of Presentation
These accompanying financial statements present our results of operations, financial
position, stockholders equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows on a combined basis
through the Spin-Off on August 9, 2005, and on a consolidated basis thereafter. We have prepared
the combined financial statements from the historical results of operations and historical bases of
the assets and liabilities with the exception of income taxes. We have computed income taxes using
our stand-alone tax rate. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include Expedia, Inc.,
our wholly-owned subsidiaries, and entities we control. We have eliminated significant intercompany
transactions and accounts.
We believe that the assumptions underlying our unaudited consolidated financial statements are
reasonable. However, these unaudited consolidated financial statements do not present our future
financial position, the results of our future operations and cash flows, nor do they present what
our historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been prior to
Spin-Off had we been a stand-alone company.
We have prepared the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) for interim financial
reporting. We have included all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the
interim period. These adjustments consist of normal recurring items. Our interim unaudited
consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected
for any other interim period or for the full year. These interim unaudited consolidated financial
statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related
notes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, previously
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Accounting Estimates
We use estimates and assumptions in the preparation of our interim unaudited
consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Our estimates and assumptions affect the
reported amounts of assets
6
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of our
interim unaudited consolidated financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also affect
the reported amount of net income during any period. Our actual financial results could differ
significantly from these estimates. The significant estimates underlying our interim unaudited
consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, accounting for merchant payables,
recoverability of long-lived and intangible assets and goodwill, income taxes, occupancy tax,
stock-based compensation and accounting for derivative instruments.
Reclassifications
We have reclassified prior period financial statements to conform to the current period
presentation.
In our consolidated statements of income for the three and nine months ended September 30,
2005, we reclassified stock-based compensation expense to the same operating expense line items as
cash compensation paid to employees in accordance with the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107
(SAB 107).
In our consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, we
reclassified $13.1 million of transfers to IAC from financing activities to investing activities,
and we reclassified $13.3 million of changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents to financing
activities.
In our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2005, we reclassified $19.7 million from
accounts payable, other, to accounts payable, merchant ($19.3 million) and other current
liabilities ($0.4 million).
Seasonality
We generally experience seasonal fluctuations in the demand for our travel products and
services. For example, traditional leisure travel bookings are generally the highest in the first
three quarters of the year as travelers plan and book their spring, summer and holiday travel. The
number of bookings decreases in the fourth quarter. Because revenue in the merchant business is
generally recognized when the travel takes place rather than when it is booked, revenue typically
lags bookings by a month or longer. As a result, revenue is typically the lowest in the first
quarter and highest in the third quarter.
Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Stock-Based Compensation
Effective January 1, 2006, we began accounting for stock-based compensation under the
modified prospective method provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No.
123(R),
Share-Based Payment
(SFAS 123(R)), and related guidance. Under SFAS 123(R), we continue
to measure and amortize the fair value for all share-based payments consistent with our past
practice under SFAS 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,
and SFAS No. 148,
Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure
. As a result, the adoption of SFAS 123(R) did
not have a material impact on our financial position.
We measure and amortize the fair value of restricted stock units, stock options and warrants
as follows:
Restricted Stock Units (RSU).
RSUs are stock awards that are granted to employees entitling
the holder to shares of common stock as the award vests, typically over a five-year period. We
measure the value of RSUs at fair value based on the number of shares granted and the quoted price
of our common stock at the date of grant. We amortize the fair value, net of estimated forfeitures,
as stock-based compensation expense over the vesting term on a straight-line basis. We record RSUs
that may be settled by the holder in cash, rather than shares, as a liability and we remeasure
these instruments at fair value at the end of each reporting period.
7
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Upon settlement of these
awards, our total compensation expense recorded over the vesting period of the awards will equal
the settlement amount, which is based on our stock price on the settlement date.
Performance-based RSUs vest upon achievement of certain company-based performance conditions.
On the date of grant, we assess whether it is probable that the performance targets will be
achieved, and if assessed as probable, we determine the fair value of the performance-based award
based on the fair value of our common stock at that time. We record compensation expense for these
awards over the estimated performance period using the accelerated method under Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. (FIN) 28,
Accounting for Stock
Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans an interpretation of
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 15 and 25
. At each reporting period, we reassess the
probability of achieving the performance targets and the performance period required to meet those
targets. The estimation of whether the performance targets will be achieved and of the performance
period required to achieve the targets requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or
updated estimates differ from our current estimates, the cumulative effect on current and prior
periods of those changes will be recorded in the period estimates are revised. The ultimate number
of shares issued and the related compensation expense recognized will be based on a comparison of
the final performance metrics to the specified targets.
Stock Options and Warrants.
We measure the value of stock options and warrants issued or
modified, including unvested options assumed in acquisitions, on the grant date (or modification or
acquisition dates, if applicable) at fair value, using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. We
amortize the fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, over the remaining vesting term on a
straight-line basis.
Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value
ultimately realized by employees who receive these awards, and subsequent events are not indicative
of the reasonableness of our original estimates of fair value. In determining the estimated
forfeiture rates for stock-based awards, we periodically conduct an assessment of the actual number
of equity awards that have been forfeited to date as well as those expected to be forfeited in the
future. We consider many factors when estimating expected forfeitures, including the type of award,
the employee class and historical experience. The estimate of stock awards that will ultimately be
forfeited requires significant judgment and to the extent that actual results or updated estimates
differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the
period such estimates are revised.
We have calculated an APIC pool pursuant to the provisions of SFAS 123(R). The APIC pool
represents the excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation that are available to absorb
future tax deficiencies. We include only those excess tax benefits that have been realized in
accordance with SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes
. If the amount of future tax deficiencies
is greater than the available APIC pool, we will record the excess as income tax expense in our
consolidated statements of income. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, we
recorded tax deficiencies of $2.9 million and $10.0 million against the APIC pool; as a result,
such deficiencies did not affect our results of operations. Excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies
are a factor in the calculation of diluted shares used in computing dilutive earnings per share.
The adoption of SFAS 123(R) did not have a material impact on our dilutive shares.
Prior to our adoption of SFAS 123(R), we recorded cash retained as a result of tax benefit
deductions relating to stock-based compensation in operating activities in our consolidated
statements of cash flows, along with other tax cash flows, in accordance with the provisions of the
Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) No. 00-15,
Classification in the Statement of Cash Flows of the
Income Tax Benefit Received by a Company upon Exercise of a Nonqualified Employee Stock Option
(EITF 00-15). SFAS 123(R) supersedes EITF 00-15, amends SFAS No. 95,
Statement of Cash Flows
, and
requires that, upon adoption, we present the tax benefit deductions relating to excess stock-based
compensation deductions as a financing activity in our consolidated
8
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
statements of cash flows. For
the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we reported $0.8 million of tax benefit deductions as a
financing activity that previously would have been reported as an operating activity.
Marketing Promotions
We periodically provide incentive offers to our customers to encourage booking of travel
products and services. We record these incentive offers in accordance with EITF No. 01-9,
Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendors
Products),
and EITF No. 00-22,
Accounting for Points and Certain Other Time-Based or Volume-Based
Sales Incentive Offers, and Offers for Free Products or Services to Be Delivered in the Future.
Generally, our incentive offers are as follows:
Current Discount Offers.
These promotions include dollar off discounts to be applied against
current purchases. We record the discounts as reduction in revenue at the date we record the
corresponding revenue transaction.
Inducement Offers.
These promotions include discounts granted at the time of a current
purchase to be applied against a future qualifying purchase. We treat inducement offers as a
reduction to revenue based on estimated future redemption rates. We allocate the discount amount
between the current purchase and the potential future purchase based on our expected relative value
of the transactions. We estimate our redemption rates using our historical experience for similar
inducement offers.
Concession Offers.
These promotions include discounts to be applied against a future purchase
to maintain customer satisfaction. Upon issuance, we record these concession offers as a reduction
to revenue based on estimated future redemption rates. We estimate our redemption rates using our
historical experience for concession offers.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxesan interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48), which clarifies the accounting
for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 prescribes guidance related to the financial statement
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN
48 requires that we recognize in our financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that
position is more likely than not to be sustained upon an examination, based on the technical merits
of the position. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 2006. We are in the process of determining the impact, if any, of this interpretation on our
results from operations, financial position or cash flows.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS 157). SFAS
157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands
disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies when another standard requires or
permits assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require
any new fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective in fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2007. We are in the process of determining the impact, if any, of this statement on our results
from operations, financial position or cash flows.
Note 3 Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The following table presents our goodwill and intangible assets as of September 30,
2006, and December 31, 2005:
9
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
5,856,663
|
|
|
$
|
5,859,730
|
|
Intangible assets with indefinite lives
|
|
|
866,301
|
|
|
|
912,972
|
|
Intangible assets with definite lives, net
|
|
|
184,463
|
|
|
|
263,531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,907,427
|
|
|
$
|
7,036,233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We perform our annual assessment of possible impairment of goodwill and intangible assets as
of October 1, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that impairment may have
occurred. We are currently in the early stages of the process of performing this annual assessment
and have not yet reached any conclusions related thereto.
Our indefinite lived intangible assets relate principally to trade names and trademarks
acquired in various acquisitions. Based on lower than expected year-to-date revenue growth, we
determined that our indefinite lived trade name intangible asset related to Hotwire might be
impaired as of September 30, 2006. Accordingly, in connection with the preparation of our financial
statements for the three months ended September 30, 2006, we performed a valuation of that asset
and determined that its carrying amount exceeded its fair value and recognized an impairment charge
of $47.0 million. We based our measurement of fair value of the trade name intangible asset using
the relief-from-royalty method. This method assumes that a trade name has value to the extent that
its owner is relieved of the obligation to pay royalties for the benefits received therefrom.
Note 4 Debt
Short-term Borrowings
In July 2005, we entered into a $1.0 billion five-year unsecured revolving credit
facility with a group of lenders, which was effective as of the Spin-Off, and is unconditionally
guaranteed by certain Expedia subsidiaries. The facility bears interest based on our financial
leverage, which as of September 30, 2006, was equal to LIBOR plus 0.625%. The facility also
contains financial covenants consisting of a leverage ratio and a minimum net worth requirement. As
of September 30, 2006, we were in compliance with all financial covenants.
The amount of stand-by letters of credit issued under the facility reduces the amount
available to us. As of September 30, 2006, and December 31, 2005, there was $51.8 million and $53.2
million of outstanding stand-by letters of credit issued under the facility. As of December 31,
2005, we had $230.0 million outstanding under the facility, which we fully repaid during the
quarter ended March 31, 2006. As of September 30, 2006, there was no amount outstanding under the
facility.
Long-term Debt
In August 2006, we privately placed $500.0 million of senior unsecured notes due 2018
(the Notes). We intend to file a registration statement to permit the exchange of the Notes for
registered notes having the same financial terms and covenants as the privately placed notes. We
plan to use the net proceeds of $495.7 million for general corporate purposes, which may include
repurchase of common stock, repayment of debt, acquisitions, investments, additions to working
capital, capital expenditures and advances to or investments in our subsidiaries.
The Notes bear a fixed rate interest of 7.456% with interest payable semi-annually in February
and August of each year, beginning in February 2007. The amount of accrued interest related to the
Notes was $4.1 million as
10
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
of September 30, 2006. The Notes are repayable in whole or in part on August 15, 2013, at the
option of the holder of such Notes, at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest. We may
redeem the Notes in accordance with the terms of the agreement, in whole or in part at any time at
our option.
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations guaranteed by certain domestic Expedia subsidiaries
and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured and
unsubordinated obligations. The Notes include covenants that limit our ability to (i) incur liens,
(ii) enter into sale and leaseback transactions and (iii) merge, consolidate or sell substantially
all of our assets. As of September 30, 2006, we were in compliance with all covenants.
Note 5
Derivative Instruments
The fair value of our derivative financial instruments generally represents the
estimated amounts we would expect to receive or pay upon termination of the contracts as of the
reporting date. Our derivative liabilities balance consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Ask Jeeves Convertible Subordinated Notes
|
|
$
|
21,700
|
|
|
$
|
104,800
|
|
Cross-currency swaps and other
|
|
|
9,145
|
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,845
|
|
|
$
|
105,827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a result of the Spin-Off, we assumed certain obligations to IAC related to IACs Ask
Jeeves Convertible Subordinated Notes (Ask Jeeves Notes). During the nine months ended September
30, 2006, certain of these notes were converted and we released approximately 3.0 million shares of
our common stock from escrow with a fair value of $71.6 million to satisfy the conversion
requirements. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, we recorded in other income a
net unrealized loss of $0.6 million and a net unrealized gain of $11.5 million related to the
derivative liability on the outstanding Ask Jeeves Notes.
During October 2006, additional notes were converted and we released approximately 0.5 million
shares of our common stock from escrow with a fair value of $14.5 million to satisfy the conversion
requirements. As of November 13, 2006, we estimate that we could be required to release from
escrow up to 0.8 million shares of our common stock (or pay cash in equal value, in lieu of issuing
such shares). The Ask Jeeves Notes are due June 1, 2008; upon maturity of these notes, our
obligation to satisfy demands for conversion ceases.
We enter into cross-currency swaps to hedge against the change in value of certain
intercompany loans denominated in currencies other than the lending subsidiaries functional
currencies. These swaps have been designated as cash flow hedges and are re-measured at fair value
each reporting period.
Note 6 Stock-Based Awards and Other Equity Instruments
Our 2005 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan provides for grants of restricted stock,
restricted stock awards (RSA), RSUs, stock options and other stock-based awards to directors,
officers, employees and consultants. As of September 30, 2006, we had approximately 7.7 million
shares of common stock reserved for new stock-based awards under the 2005 Stock and Annual
Incentive Plan. We issue new shares to satisfy the exercise or release of stock-based awards.
RSUs, which are awards in the form of phantom shares or units that are denominated in a
hypothetical equivalent number of shares of our common stock, are our primary form of stock-based
award. While we do
11
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
not generally compensate our employees with stock options, when we do make such
grants, they are granted at an exercise price not less than the fair market value of the stock on
the grant date. The terms and conditions upon which the stock options become exercisable vary.
We have fully vested stock warrants with expiration dates through February 2012 outstanding,
certain of which trade on the NASDAQ under the symbols EXPEW and EXPEZ. Each stock warrant is
exercisable for a certain number of shares of our common stock or a fraction thereof. As of
September 30, 2006, and December 31, 2005, we had approximately 58.5 million warrants outstanding
with a weighted average exercise price of $22.33, which if exercised in full would entitle holders
to acquire 34.6 million of our common shares.
As of September 30, 2006, we had approximately 7.1 million RSUs and a minimal number of RSAs
outstanding. The following table presents a summary of these awards from December 31, 2005, through
September 30, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant-Date
|
|
|
RSU and RSA
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance as of December 31, 2005
|
|
|
5,765
|
|
|
$
|
24.08
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
4,305
|
|
|
|
18.82
|
|
Vested and released
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
23.88
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(1,648
|
)
|
|
|
23.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance as of September 30, 2006
|
|
|
7,156
|
|
|
|
21.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2006, we granted approximately one million performance-based RSUs to certain
senior executives. In order for these awards to vest, certain performance targets must be achieved.
The fair value of substantially all of these awards at the grant date was $18.9 million with a
weighted average fair value of $19.39 per share. We are amortizing the fair value on an accelerated
basis over the estimated probable period of time to achieve the target.
The following table presents a summary of stock option activity from December 31, 2005,
through September 30, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Contractual
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Price
|
|
Life
|
|
Value
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in years)
|
|
(in thousands)
|
Beginning
balance
as of December 31, 2005
|
|
|
27,706
|
|
|
$
|
15.71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(3,108
|
)
|
|
|
9.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(745
|
)
|
|
|
19.89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance as of September 30, 2006
|
|
|
23,853
|
|
|
$
|
16.40
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
$
|
94,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable as of September 30, 2006
|
|
|
19,846
|
|
|
$
|
13.36
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
$
|
94,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding options shown in the table above represents
the total pretax intrinsic value at September 30, 2006, based on our the closing stock price of
$15.68 as of the last trading date. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $30.1
million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
For the three months ended September 30, 2006, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of
$16.4 million and a related income tax benefit of $5.3 million. For the three months ended
September 30, 2005, we recorded a stock-based compensation benefit of $1.0 million and a related
income tax expense of $1.1 million. During the three months ended September 30, 2005, we recorded a
cumulative benefit from a change in
12
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
estimate related to increased forfeiture rates, which resulted
in a $35.3 million reduction in non-cash compensation expense ($22.5 million, net of income tax
expense), partially offset by a $5.4 million expense related to the modification of existing
stock-based compensation awards in connection with the Spin-Off in 2005.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, we recognized stock-based compensation
expense of $57.5 million and $79.9 million. The total income tax benefit related to this
compensation expense was $19.6 million and $27.2 million for those periods.
Cash received from stock-based award exercises for the nine months ended September 30, 2006,
was $29.4 million. Our employees that held vested stock options prior to the Spin-Off received
vested stock options in both Expedia and IAC. As these stock options are exercised, we receive a
tax deduction. Total income tax benefits realized during the nine months ended September 30, 2006
associated with the exercise of IAC and Expedia stock-based awards held by our employees were $29.0
million, of which we recorded approximately $13.8 million as a reduction of goodwill.
As of September 30, 2006, there was approximately $159 million of unrecognized stock-based
compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock-based awards, which
is expected to be recognized in expense over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years.
Note 7 Income Taxes
We determine our provision for income taxes for interim periods using an estimate of our
annual effective rate. We record any changes to the estimated annual rate in the interim period in
which the change occurs, including discrete tax items.
Our effective tax rate was 38.8% and 36.7% for the three and nine months ended September 30,
2006. Our effective tax rate is higher than the 35% statutory rate primarily due to state income
taxes and the valuation
allowance on certain foreign losses, partially offset by the disallowance for tax purposes of
the mark-to-market net gain related to our derivative instruments.
Our effective tax rate was 45.8% and 41.4% for the three and nine months ended September 30,
2005, which was higher than the 35% statutory rate primarily due to a loss from our write-off of a
long-term investment as of September 30, 2005 that is not deductible for tax purposes until
realized, state taxes, non-deductible stock compensation and non-deductible transaction expenses
related to the Spin-Off from IAC.
For the period January 1, 2005 through the Spin-Off date, we were a member of the IAC
consolidated tax group. Under the terms of the Tax Sharing Agreement with IAC, IAC can
make certain elections in preparation of tax returns prior to the Spin-Off date, which may change
the amount of income taxes we owe for the period after the Spin-Off. During the three months ended
September 30, 2006, we recorded $17.5 million of such changes as adjustments to stockholders
equity.
Note 8 Earnings Per Share
The following table presents our basic and diluted earnings per share:
13
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
58,977
|
|
|
$
|
82,035
|
|
|
$
|
177,794
|
|
|
$
|
203,496
|
|
|
Net earnings per share available to common stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.61
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
|
0.23
|
|
|
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
0.59
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
330,359
|
|
|
|
336,409
|
|
|
|
340,660
|
|
|
|
335,833
|
|
|
Dilutive effect of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options to purchase common stock
|
|
|
6,351
|
|
|
|
9,022
|
|
|
|
7,879
|
|
|
|
3,007
|
|
Warrants to purchase common stock
|
|
|
2,288
|
|
|
|
4,872
|
|
|
|
3,548
|
|
|
|
4,963
|
|
Other dilutive securities
|
|
|
2,139
|
|
|
|
3,048
|
|
|
|
2,988
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
341,137
|
|
|
|
353,351
|
|
|
|
355,075
|
|
|
|
344,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, we included the dilutive effect
of certain warrants for the period prior to the Spin-off since the terms of the stock warrant
agreements obligated us, as of the Spin-Off, to issue underlying common stock. We did not have such
obligations for options and other dilutive securities.
Note 9 Stockholders Equity
Share Repurchases
In May 2006, our Board of Directors authorized the share repurchase of up to 20 million
outstanding shares of our common stock. In July 2006, we completed the repurchase of all 20
million shares for a total cost of $288.3 million, at an average price of $14.42 per share
including transaction costs. All shares were repurchased in the open market at prevailing market
prices.
In August 2006, our Board of Directors authorized another share repurchase of up to 20
million outstanding shares of our common stock. There is no fixed termination date for the
repurchase. As of November 13, 2006, we have not made any share repurchases under this
authorization.
Note 10 Acquisitions
Put and Call Option Agreements
In connection with our acquisitions of certain subsidiaries, we had call and put option
agreements in place to acquire the remaining shares held by the minority shareholders of two
companies. In April 2006, we acquired the remaining 8.6% minority ownership interest in one
subsidiary for $3.3 million in cash and recorded a $3.1 million liability that will be paid in cash
over the next two years. In June 2006, we incurred an obligation to acquire 3.5% of the remaining
4.9% minority ownership in another subsidiary for $13.0 million, which we settled in
cash during the third quarter of 2006. We acquired the remaining 1.4% minority ownership in that
subsidiary during the third quarter of 2006 for $5.3 million in cash.
14
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 11 Commitments and Contingencies
Purchase Obligations
At November 13, 2006, we have agreements with certain vendors under which we have future
minimum obligations as follows: $3.4 million during the remainder of 2006, $13.9 million in 2007,
$6.2 million in 2008 and $6.2 million in 2009. These minimum obligations are less than our
projected use for those periods. Payments may be more than the minimum obligations based on actual
use. In addition, if certain obligations are met by our counterparties, our obligations will
increase.
Legal Proceedings
In the ordinary course of business, we are a party to various lawsuits. In the opinion
of management, we do not expect these lawsuits to have a material impact on the liquidity, results
of operations or financial condition of Expedia. We also evaluate other potential contingent
matters, including value-added tax, federal excise tax, transient occupancy or accommodation tax
and similar matters. We do not believe that the aggregate amount
of liability that could be reasonably possible with respect to these matters would have a
material adverse affect on our financial results.
Note 12 Related Party Transactions
Expenses Allocated from IAC
Prior to Spin-Off, our operating expenses included allocations from IAC for accounting,
treasury, legal, tax, corporate support, human resource functions and internal audit. For the three
and nine months ended September 30, 2005, expenses allocated from IAC were $0.9 million and $5.0
million. We recorded the expense allocation from IAC in general and administrative expense in our
consolidated statements of income.
Additional allocations from IAC prior to the Spin-Off related to stock-based compensation
expense attributable to our employees. Stock-based compensation expense allocated from IAC was
$56.5 million for the period from January 1, 2005 to August 9, 2005.
Interest Income from IAC
The interest income from IAC/InterActiveCorp recorded in our consolidated statements of
income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, arose from intercompany receivable
balances from IAC. The interest income from IAC ceased upon Spin-Off on August 9, 2005.
Relationship Between IAC and Expedia, Inc. after the Spin-Off
In connection with the Spin-Off, we entered into various agreements with IAC, a related
party due to common ownership, to provide for an orderly transition and to govern our ongoing
relationships with IAC. These agreements include the following:
|
|
a Separation Agreement that sets forth the arrangements between IAC and Expedia with respect to the principal corporate
transactions necessary to complete the Spin-Off, and a number of other principles governing the relationship between IAC
and Expedia following the Spin-Off;
|
|
|
a Tax Sharing Agreement that governs the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of IAC and Expedia after the
Spin-Off with respect to tax liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, tax contests and other matters regarding income
taxes, other taxes and related tax returns;
|
15
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
an Employee Matters Agreement that governs a wide range of compensation and benefit issues, including the allocation
between IAC and Expedia of responsibility for the employment and benefit obligations and liabilities of each companys
current and former employees (and their dependents and beneficiaries); and
|
|
|
a Transition Services Agreement that governs the provision of transition services from IAC to Expedia.
|
In May 2006, an airplane that we own indirectly with IAC was placed into service and is being
depreciated over 10 years.
Commercial Agreements with IAC
Since the Spin-Off, we have continued to work with some of IACs businesses pursuant to
a variety of commercial relationships. These commercial agreements generally include (i)
distribution agreements, pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of IAC distribute their respective
products and services via arrangements with Expedia, and vice versa, (ii) services agreements,
pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of IAC provide Expedia with various services and vice versa
and (iii) office space lease agreements. The distribution agreements typically involve the payment
of fees, usually on a fixed amount-per-transaction, revenue share or commission basis, from the
party seeking distribution of the product or service to the party that is providing the
distribution.
During the three months ended September 30, 2006, we recorded income of $0.6 million from IAC
businesses, and recorded expense of $8.6 million to IAC businesses. During the nine months ended
September 30, 2006, we recorded income of $1.9 million from IAC businesses, and recorded expense of
$25.6 million to IAC businesses. Amounts receivable from IAC businesses, which are included in
accounts and notes receivable, totaled $0.1 million as of September 30, 2006, and $0.6 million as
of December 31, 2005. Amounts payable to IAC businesses, which are included in accounts payable,
trade, totaled $7.4 million as of September 30, 2006, and $3.6 million as of December 31, 2005.
Other Transactions with IAC
On October 2, 2006, eLong sold one of its businesses to a subsidiary of IAC for a sale
price of $14.6 million in cash. The net assets and operating results of this subsidiary are not
material to our consolidated results from operations, financial position or cash flows.
Agreements with Microsoft Corporation
We have various agreements with Microsoft Corporation (Microsoft), which is the
beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, including an agreement that
maintains our presence as the provider of travel shopping services on MSN.com and several
international MSN websites. Total expense incurred with respect to these agreements was $5.7
million and $17.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and $5.3 million
and $12.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005. Amounts payable related
to these agreements was $5.8 million and $6.2 million as of September 30, 2006, and December 31,
2005.
Prior to November 1999, Microsoft owned 100% of our outstanding common stock. Concurrent with
our separation from them, we entered into a tax allocation agreement whereby we must pay Microsoft
for a portion of the tax savings resulting from the exercise of certain stock options when we
realize the tax savings on our tax return. We recorded $36.3 million in other long-term
liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2005. As of September 30, 2006,
we realized $6.0 million of tax savings on our tax return; and therefore, we reclassified $6.0
million to other current liabilities from other long-term liabilities, which we anticipate paying
during the fourth quarter of 2006.
16
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Note 13 Segment Information
Beginning with the first quarter of 2006, we have two reportable segments: North
America and Europe. The change from a single reportable segment is a result of the
reorganization of our business. We determined our segments based on how our chief
operating decision makers manage our business, make operating decisions and evaluate
operating performance. Our primary operating metric for evaluating segment performance
is Operating Income Before Amortization (defined below), which includes allocations of
certain expenses, primarily cost of revenue and facilities, to the segments. We base the allocations
primarily on transaction volumes and other usage metrics; this methodology is periodically
evaluated and may change. We do not allocate certain expenses to reportable segments such as
partner services, product development, accounting, human resources and legal. We include these
expenses in Corporate and Other.
Our North America segment provides a full range of travel services to customers in the U.S., Canada
and Mexico. This segment operates through a variety of brands including Expedia, Hotels.com,
Hotwire.com TripAdvisor and Classic Vacations. Our Europe segment provides travel services primarily
through localized Expedia websites in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Italy and the Netherlands,
as well as localized versions of Hotels.com in various European countries.
Corporate and Other includes ECT, Expedia Asia Pacific and unallocated corporate functions
and expenses. ECT provides travel products and services to corporate customers in North America
and Europe. Expedia Asia Pacific provides online travel information and reservation services in
Australia and the Peoples Republic of China. In addition, we record amortization of intangible
assets and any related impairment, as well as stock-based compensation expense in Corporate and Other.
The following table presents our segment information for the three and nine months ended September
30, 2006. We have not reported segment information for the three and nine months ended September
30, 2005, as it is not practicable to do so. In addition, we do not currently allocate assets to
our operating segments, nor do we report such information to our chief operating decision makers.
17
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
North
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
America
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
450,294
|
|
|
$
|
135,028
|
|
|
$
|
28,620
|
|
|
$
|
613,942
|
|
|
$
|
584,653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income Before Amortization
|
|
$
|
209,837
|
|
|
$
|
44,130
|
|
|
$
|
(73,956
|
)
|
|
$
|
180,011
|
|
|
$
|
183,524
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26,569
|
)
|
|
|
(26,569
|
)
|
|
|
(30,756
|
)
|
Impairment of intangible asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47,000
|
)
|
|
|
(47,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,439
|
)
|
|
|
(16,439
|
)
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
Amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing
|
|
|
(711
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(711
|
)
|
|
|
(5,138
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
209,126
|
|
|
$
|
44,130
|
|
|
$
|
(163,964
|
)
|
|
$
|
89,292
|
|
|
$
|
148,639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
North
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
America
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,288,144
|
|
|
$
|
334,569
|
|
|
$
|
83,585
|
|
|
$
|
1,706,298
|
|
|
$
|
1,624,706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income Before Amortization
|
|
$
|
578,384
|
|
|
$
|
93,093
|
|
|
$
|
(218,703
|
)
|
|
$
|
452,774
|
|
|
$
|
494,501
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(86,860
|
)
|
|
|
(86,860
|
)
|
|
|
(94,204
|
)
|
Impairment of intangible asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47,000
|
)
|
|
|
(47,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(57,547
|
)
|
|
|
(57,547
|
)
|
|
|
(79,899
|
)
|
Amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing
|
|
|
(9,578
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,578
|
)
|
|
|
(9,055
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
568,806
|
|
|
$
|
93,093
|
|
|
$
|
(410,110
|
)
|
|
$
|
251,789
|
|
|
$
|
311,343
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definition of Operating Income Before Amortization (OIBA)
We provide OIBA as a supplemental measure to GAAP. We define OIBA as operating income
plus: (1) amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing expense, (2) stock-based compensation
expense, (3) amortization of intangible assets and goodwill and intangible asset impairment, if
applicable and (4) certain one-time items, if applicable.
OIBA is the primary operating metric used by which management evaluates the performance of our
business, on which internal budgets are based, and by which management is compensated. Management
believes that investors should have access to the same set of tools that management uses to analyze
our results. This non-GAAP measure should be considered in addition to results prepared in
accordance with GAAP, but should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP. We
endeavor to compensate for the limitation of the non-GAAP measure presented by also providing the
comparable GAAP measures, GAAP financial statements, and descriptions of the reconciling items and
adjustments, to derive the non-GAAP measure. We present a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial
measure to GAAP below.
OIBA represents the combined operating results of Expedia, Inc.s businesses, taking into
account depreciation, which we believe is an ongoing cost of doing business, but excluding the
effects of other non-cash expenses that may not be indicative of our core business operations. We
believe this measure is useful to investors for the following reasons:
|
|
it corresponds more closely to the cash operating income generated
from our core operations by excluding significant non-cash operating
expenses;
|
18
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
|
|
it aids in forecasting and analyzing future operating income as
stock-based compensation, non-cash distribution and marketing expenses
and intangible assets amortization, assuming no subsequent
acquisitions, are likely to decline going forward; and
|
|
|
|
it provides greater insight into management decision making at
Expedia, as OIBA is our primary internal metric for evaluating the
performance of our business.
|
OIBA has certain limitations in that it does not take into account the impact of certain
expenses to our consolidated statements of income, including stock-based compensation, non-cash
payments to partners, acquisition-related accounting and certain one-time items, if applicable. Due
to the high variability and difficulty in predicting certain items that affect net income, such as
tax rates, stock price and interest rates, we are unable to provide a reconciliation to net income
on a forward-looking basis without unreasonable efforts.
Reconciliation of OIBA to Operating Income and Net Income
The following table presents a reconciliation of OIBA to operating income and net income
for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended
|
|
|
Nine months ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
OIBA
|
|
$
|
180,011
|
|
|
$
|
183,524
|
|
|
$
|
452,774
|
|
|
$
|
494,501
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
(26,569
|
)
|
|
|
(30,756
|
)
|
|
|
(86,860
|
)
|
|
|
(94,204
|
)
|
Impairment of intangible asset
|
|
|
(47,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
(16,439
|
)
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
|
|
(57,547
|
)
|
|
|
(79,899
|
)
|
Amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing
|
|
|
(711
|
)
|
|
|
(5,138
|
)
|
|
|
(9,578
|
)
|
|
|
(9,055
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
89,292
|
|
|
|
148,639
|
|
|
|
251,789
|
|
|
|
311,343
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
4,840
|
|
|
|
17,968
|
|
|
|
13,102
|
|
|
|
47,479
|
|
Write-off of long-term investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,426
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,426
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
2,926
|
|
|
|
7,379
|
|
|
|
17,049
|
|
|
|
11,889
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(37,707
|
)
|
|
|
(69,026
|
)
|
|
|
(103,523
|
)
|
|
|
(143,895
|
)
|
Minority interest in (earnings) losses of consolidated subsidiaries, net
|
|
|
(374
|
)
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
(623
|
)
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
58,977
|
|
|
$
|
82,035
|
|
|
$
|
177,794
|
|
|
$
|
203,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
Part I. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 2.
Forward-Looking Statements
This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements
reflect the views of our management regarding current expectations and projections about future
events and are based on currently available information. Actual results could differ materially
from those contained in these forward-looking statements for a variety of reasons, including, but
not limited to, those discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2005, Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, as well as those discussed elsewhere in this report. Other
unknown or unpredictable factors also could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance
on these forward-looking statements. The use of words such as anticipates, estimates,
expects, intends, plans and believes, among others, generally identify forward-looking
statements; however, these words are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. In
addition, any statements that refer to expectations, projections or other characterizations of
future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are
inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to
predict. We are not under any obligation and do not intend to publicly update or review any of
these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or
otherwise, even if experience or future events make it clear that any expected results expressed or
implied by those forward-looking statements will not be realized. Please carefully review and
consider the various disclosures made in this report and in our other reports filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) that attempt to advise interested parties of the risks
and factors that may affect our business, prospects and results of operations.
The information included in this managements discussion and analysis of financial condition
and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements
and the notes included in this Quarterly Report and the audited consolidated financial statements
and notes, and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Overview
Expedia, Inc. is an online travel company, empowering business and leisure travelers
with the tools and information they need to efficiently research, plan, book and experience travel.
We have created a global travel marketplace used by a broad range of leisure and corporate
travelers and offline retail travel agents as well as travel service providers. We make available,
on a stand-alone and package basis, travel products and services provided by numerous airlines,
lodging properties, car rental companies, destination service providers, cruise lines and other
travel product and service companies.
Our portfolio of brands includes: Expedia, Hotels.com, Hotwire.com, our private label programs
(Worldwide Travel Exchange and Interactive Affiliate Network), Classic Vacations, Expedia Corporate
Travel (ECT), eLong and TripAdvisor. In addition, many of these brands have related international
points of sale. For additional information about our portfolio of brands, see the disclosure
included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Industry Trends
The travel industry, which includes travel agencies and travel suppliers, has been
characterized by rapid and significant change.
The United States (U.S.) airline industry has experienced significant turmoil in recent
years, with several of the largest airlines seeking the protection of Chapter 11 bankruptcy
proceedings. The need to rationalize high
20
fixed cost structures to better compete with low cost
carriers offering no frills flights at discounted prices, as well as jet fuel inflation have
caused the airlines to aggressively pursue cost reductions in every aspect of their operations.
These cost reduction efforts include distribution costs, which the airlines have pursued by
increasing direct distribution though their proprietary websites, as well as seeking to reduce
travel agent commissions and overrides. The airlines have also generally successfully reduced their
fees with the Global Distribution System (GDS) intermediaries as their contracts with the GDSs
expired in mid to late 2006. These reductions impact travel agents as large agencies have
historically received a meaningful portion of their air remuneration from GDS providers.
In addition, the U.S. airline industry has recently experienced increased load factors and
ticket prices. At the same time, the airline carriers which participate in the Expedia marketplace
have been reducing their domestic flight capacities; while the lower cost carriers that are largely
replacing this capacity generally do not currently participate in the Expedia marketplace. These
trends have affected our ability to obtain inventory in our agency and merchant air businesses,
reduced discounts for merchant air tickets and limited the supply of merchant air tickets for use
in our package travel offerings.
As a result of these industry dynamics and reduced economics stemming from recently negotiated
GDS and airline agreements, Expedias air revenue per ticket has declined significantly since the
fourth quarter of 2004, and we anticipate it will continue to decline further during the remainder
of 2006 and into 2007.
The hotel sector has recently been characterized by robust traveler demand and constrained
supply, resulting in increasing occupancy rates and average daily rates (ADR). Industry experts
expect demand growth to continue to outstrip supply through at least 2007. While increasing ADRs
generally have a positive effect on our merchant hotel operations as our remuneration increases
proportionally with the room price, higher ADRs can impact underlying demand, and higher
occupancies can restrict our ability to obtain merchant hotel inventory, particularly in very high
occupancy destinations such as Las Vegas and New York. Higher occupancies also tend to drive lower
margins as hotel room suppliers have less need for third party intermediaries to meet demand.
Increased usage and familiarity with the internet have driven rapid growth in online
penetration of travel expenditures. According to PhoCusWright, an independent travel, tourism and
hospitality research firm, 29% of U.S. leisure and unmanaged travel expenditures occurred online in
2005, more than double the 14% rate in 2002. An estimated 14% of European travel was booked online
in 2005, up from just 4% in 2002. In addition to the growth of online travel agencies, airlines and
lodging companies have aggressively pursued direct online distribution of their products and
services over the last several years, with supplier growth outpacing online growth since 2002.
Differentiation among the various website offerings have narrowed in the past several years, and
the travel landscape has grown extremely competitive, with the need for competitors to generally
differentiate their offerings on features other than price.
Business Strategy
We are in the early stages of leveraging our historic strength as an efficient
transaction processor to become a retailer and merchandiser of travel experiences. Our business
strategy to accomplish this is as follows:
Leverage our portfolio of travel brands.
We seek to appeal to the broadest possible range of
travelers and suppliers through our collection of industry-leading travel brands. We target several
different demographics, from the value-conscious traveler to luxury travelers seeking a high-touch,
customized vacation package.
Innovate on behalf of travelers and supplier partners.
We have a long tradition of
innovation, from Expedia.coms inception as a division of Microsoft, to our introduction of more
recent innovations such as Expedia
®
Fare Alerts, Travel Ticker by Hotwire.com and
ECTs business intelligence toolset. In addition,
21
Expedia.com introduced the ThankYou customer
rewards program during the fourth quarter of 2006 whereby travelers earn rewards points for their
travel bookings. We intend to continue to aggressively innovate on behalf of our travelers and
suppliers, including our current efforts in building a scaleable, extensible, service-oriented
technology platform, which will extend across our portfolio of brands. We expect our worldwide
points of sale to migrate to the new platform beginning in 2007.
Expand our international and corporate travel businesses.
We currently operate
Expedia-branded websites in the U.S., Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands,
the United Kingdom, Denmark, Sweden and Norway. We intend to continue investing in and growing our
existing international points of sale. We anticipate launching additional sites in new countries in
the future where we find large travel markets and rapid growth of online commerce, such as Japan
where we plan to launch a hotels-only site in late 2006. We also operate Hotels.com-branded
websites in over 30 international locations. In addition, we operate sites in the Peoples Republic
of China through eLong. ECT currently conducts operations in the U.S., Belgium, Canada, France, the
United Kingdom and Germany. We believe the corporate travel sector represents a large opportunity
for Expedia, and we believe expanding our corporate travel business also increases our appeal to
travel product and service suppliers, as the average corporate traveler has a higher incidence of
first class and international travel than the average leisure traveler.
Expand our product and service offerings worldwide.
In general, through our websites, we
offer the most comprehensive array of innovative travel products and services to travelers. We plan
to continue improving and growing these offerings, as well as expanding them to our worldwide
points of sale over time.
Leverage our scale in technology and operations.
We have invested over $3 billion in
technology, operations, brand building, supplier integration and relationships, and other areas
since the launch of Expedia.com in 1996. We intend to continue leveraging our substantial
investment when launching operations in new countries, introducing site features, adding supplier
products and services or adding value-added content for travelers.
Seasonality
We generally experience seasonal fluctuations in the demand for our travel products and
services. For example, traditional leisure travel bookings are generally the highest in the first
three quarters of the year as travelers plan and book their spring, summer and holiday travel. The
number of bookings decreases in the fourth quarter. Because revenue in the merchant business is
generally recognized when the travel takes place rather than when it is booked, revenue typically
lags bookings by a month or longer. As a result, revenue is typically the lowest in the first
quarter and highest in the third quarter. The continued growth of our international operations or a
change in our product mix may influence the typical trend of our seasonality in the future.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we believe are important in
the preparation of our consolidated financial statements because they require that we use judgment
and estimates in applying those policies. We prepare our consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
(GAAP). Preparation of the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes requires that
we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of
the consolidated financial statements as well as revenue and expenses during the periods
reported. We base our estimates on historical experience, where applicable, and other assumptions
that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from our
estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
22
There are certain critical estimates that we believe require significant judgment in the
preparation of our consolidated financial statements. We consider an accounting estimate to be
critical if:
|
|
it requires us to make assumptions because information was not
available at the time or it included matters that were highly
uncertain at the time we were making the estimate; and
|
|
|
|
changes in the estimate or different estimates that we could have
selected may have had a material impact on our financial condition or
results of operations.
|
For additional information about our critical accounting policies and estimates, see the
disclosure included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Stock-Based Compensation
Effective January 1, 2006, we began accounting for stock-based compensation under the
modified prospective method provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No.
123(R),
Share-Based Payment
(SFAS 123(R)), and related guidance. Under SFAS 123(R), we continue
to measure and amortize the fair value for all share-based payments consistent with our past
practice under SFAS 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,
and SFAS No. 148,
Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure
. As a result, the adoption of SFAS 123(R) did
not have a material impact on our financial position.
We have calculated an additional paid-in capital (APIC) pool pursuant to the provisions of
SFAS 123(R). The APIC pool represents the excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation
that are available to absorb future tax deficiencies. We include only those excess tax benefits
that have been realized in accordance with SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes
. If the amount
of future tax deficiencies is greater than the available APIC pool, we will record the excess as
income tax expense in our consolidated statements of income. For the three and nine months ended
September 30, 2006, we recorded tax deficiencies of $2.9 million and $10.0 million against the APIC
pool; as a result, such deficiencies did not affect our results of operations. Excess tax benefits
or tax deficiencies are a factor in the calculation of diluted shares used in computing dilutive
earnings per share. The adoption of SFAS 123(R) did not have a material impact on our dilutive
shares.
Prior to our adoption of SFAS 123(R), we recorded cash retained as a result of tax benefit
deductions relating to stock-based compensation in operating activities in our consolidated
statements of cash flows, along with other tax cash flows, in accordance with the provisions of the
Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) No. 00-15,
Classification in the Statement of Cash Flows of the
Income Tax Benefit Received by a Company upon Exercise of a Nonqualified Employee Stock Option
(EITF 00-15). SFAS 123(R) supersedes EITF 00-15, amends SFAS No. 95,
Statement of Cash Flows
, and
requires that, upon adoption, we present the tax benefit deductions relating to excess stock-based
compensation deductions as a financing activity in our consolidated statements of cash flows. For
the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we reported $0.8 million of tax benefit deductions as a
financing activity that previously would have been reported as an operating activity.
In accordance with SFAS 123(R), we measure stock-based compensation expense for equity awards
at fair value and recognize compensation, net of estimated forfeitures, over the service period for
awards expected to
vest. In determining the estimated forfeiture rates, we periodically conduct an assessment of
the actual number of equity awards that have been forfeited to date as well as those expected to be
forfeited in the future. We consider many factors when estimating expected forfeitures, including
the type of award, the employee class and historical experience. The estimate of stock awards that
will ultimately be forfeited requires significant judgment and to the extent that actual results or
updated estimates differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative
adjustment in the period such estimates are revised.
23
Performance-based restricted stock units (RSUs) vest upon achievement of certain
company-based performance conditions. On the date of grant, we assess whether it is probable that
the performance targets will be achieved, and if assessed as probable, we determine the fair value
of the performance-based award based on the fair value of our common stock at that time. We record
compensation expense for these awards over the estimated performance period using the accelerated
method under Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 28,
Accounting for Stock
Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans an interpretation of
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 15 and 25
. At each reporting period, we reassess the
probability of achieving the performance targets and the performance period required to meet those
targets. The estimation of whether the performance targets will be achieved and of the performance
period required to achieve the targets requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or
updated estimates differ from our current estimates, the cumulative effect on current and prior
periods of those changes will be recognized in the period estimates are revised. The ultimate
number of shares issued and the related compensation expense recognized will be based on a
comparison of the final performance metrics to the specified targets.
Marketing
Promotions
We periodically provide incentive offers to our customers to encourage booking of travel
products and services. We record these incentive offers in accordance with Emerging Issues Task
Force (EITF) No. 01-9,
Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including a
Reseller of the Vendors Products),
and EITF No. 00-22,
Accounting for Points and Certain Other
Time-Based or Volume-Based Sales Incentive Offers, and Offers for Free Products or Services to Be
Delivered in the Future.
Generally, our incentive offers are as follows:
Current Discount Offers.
These promotions include dollar off discounts to be applied against
current purchases. We record the discounts as reduction in revenue at the date we record the
corresponding revenue transaction.
Inducement Offers.
These promotions include discounts granted at the time of a current
purchase to be applied against a future qualifying purchase. We treat inducement offers as a
reduction to revenue based on estimated future redemption rates. We allocate the discount amount
between the current purchase and the potential future purchase based on our expected relative value
of the transactions. We estimate our redemption rates using our historical experience for similar
inducement offers.
Concession Offers.
These promotions include discounts to be applied against a future purchase
to maintain customer satisfaction. Upon issuance, we record these concession offers as a reduction
to revenue based on estimated future redemption rates. We estimate our redemption rates using our
historical experience for concession offers.
New Accounting Pronouncements
For a discussion of new accounting pronouncements, see Note 2, Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Operating Metrics
Our operating results are affected by certain metrics that represent the selling
activities generated by our travel products and services. As travelers have increased their use of
the internet to book their travel arrangements, we have seen our gross bookings increase,
reflecting the growth in the online travel industry and our business acquisitions. Gross bookings
represent the total retail value of transactions booked for both
24
agency and merchant transactions,
recorded at the time of booking reflecting the total price due for travel by travelers, including
taxes, fees and other charges, and are generally not reduced for cancellations and refunds.
Reclassifications
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, we adjusted allocations for
certain points of sale to conform to current period presentation. The allocation adjustment
impacted domestic and international gross bookings and revenue but did not impact gross bookings or
revenue on a consolidated basis. The following table presents a summary of the impact that the
adjusted allocations had on the percentage change from 2005 to 2006 for the periods indicated
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended
|
|
Nine months ended
|
|
|
September 30
|
|
September 30
|
|
|
Pre-
|
|
Post-
|
|
Pre-
|
|
Post-
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Adjustment
|
Domestic gross bookings
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
International gross bookings
|
|
|
32
|
%
|
|
|
29
|
%
|
|
|
28
|
%
|
|
|
24
|
%
|
|
Domestic revenue
|
|
|
(5
|
%)
|
|
|
(3
|
%)
|
|
|
(3
|
%)
|
|
|
(1
|
%)
|
International revenue
|
|
|
41
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
|
|
24
|
%
|
Gross Bookings and Revenue Margin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Gross bookings
|
|
$
|
4,260,955
|
|
|
$
|
3,937,576
|
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
$
|
13,473,926
|
|
|
$
|
12,156,396
|
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
Revenue margin
|
|
|
14.4
|
%
|
|
|
14.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
%
|
|
|
13.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Gross bookings increased $0.3 billion and $1.3 billion for the three and nine months
ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005. Domestic gross bookings increased
2% and 7% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in
2005. International gross bookings increased 29% and 24% for the three and nine months ended
September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005.
Revenue margin, which is defined as revenue as a percentage of gross bookings, decreased 44
basis points and 70 basis points for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared
to the same periods in 2005. Revenue margin for our domestic operations decreased 70 basis points
and 95 basis points for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same
periods in 2005. Revenue margin for our international operations increased 19 basis points and one
basis point for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in
2005.
The declines in worldwide revenue margins were primarily due to declines in domestic air
revenue per ticket, coupled with an increase in average worldwide airfares of 11% for both the
three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005, as our
remuneration generally does not vary with the price of the ticket. Worldwide merchant hotel margins
decreased compared with the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2005, but the
increased mix of merchant hotel revenue offset the impact on overall revenue margin.
25
Results of Operations for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2005
Reclassifications
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005, we reclassified stock-based
compensation expense to the same operating expense line items as cash compensation paid to
employees in accordance with the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107.
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
613,942
|
|
|
$
|
584,653
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,706,298
|
|
|
$
|
1,624,706
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
Revenue increased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to
the same periods in 2005, primarily due to increases in our worldwide merchant hotel business,
partially offset by decreases in our domestic air business. For the three and nine months ended
September 30, 2006, domestic revenue decreased by 3% and 1% compared to the same periods in 2005.
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, international revenue increased by 30% and
24% compared to the same periods in 2005.
Worldwide merchant hotel revenue increased 14% and 12% for the three and nine months ended
September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005. These increases were primarily due to a
9% and 11% increase in room nights stayed, including rooms delivered as a component of vacation
packages. For the same periods year-over-year, revenue per room night increased 5% and 1%. The
increase in revenue per room night for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared
to the same periods in 2005, was primarily due to a 7% and 4% increase in worldwide ADRs, partially
offset by a decrease in hotel raw margin (defined as hotel net revenue as a percentage of hotel
gross revenue). Our merchant hotel raw margins have decreased in 2005 and 2006 as hotel room
suppliers have taken advantage of higher occupancies and the efficacy of their own online
distribution to negotiate more favorable terms.
Worldwide air revenue decreased 23% and 14% for the three and nine months ended September 30,
2006, compared to the same periods in 2005, primarily due to reduced economics stemming from
recently negotiated GDS and airline agreements as well as continued reductions in agency
compensation by domestic carriers. For the same periods year-over-year, revenue per ticket
decreased by 17% and 12% and air tickets sold decreased 6% and 2%. The decrease in air tickets
sold reflects the continued challenges in obtaining air inventory in light of record industry load
factors and the reduction in relative capacity of carriers participating in our worldwide
marketplace. The reduced availability of merchant air inventory also affected our packages revenue,
which decreased 2% and grew only 1% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006,
compared to the same periods in 2005.
26
Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
133,094
|
|
|
$
|
124,020
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
$
|
380,857
|
|
|
$
|
367,607
|
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
|
21
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
480,848
|
|
|
$
|
460,633
|
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,325,441
|
|
|
$
|
1,257,099
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
78
|
%
|
|
|
79
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
%
|
|
|
77
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue increased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the
same period in 2005, primarily due to higher stock-based compensation and higher costs associated
with the increase in transaction volumes. Stock-based compensation increased in comparison to the
prior year period due to the third quarter of 2005 change in estimated forfeiture rates used to
determine stock-based compensation, which resulted in a decrease in stock-based compensation
expense. Cost of revenue increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the
same period in 2005, primarily due to higher costs associated with the increase in transaction
volumes.
Gross profit increased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same
period in 2005, primarily due to an increase in revenue, partially offset by higher stock-based
compensation. Gross profit increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the
same periods in 2005, primarily due to an increase in revenue.
Selling and Marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
$
|
215,086
|
|
|
$
|
184,560
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
$
|
614,778
|
|
|
$
|
556,763
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
32
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing increased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006,
compared to the same periods in 2005, primarily due to growth in personnel-related expenses and
increased marketing at Hotels.com to drive merchant hotel bookings. In addition, we continue to
increase our selling and marketing spending in our European points of sale. These increases were
partially offset by a decline in marketing spend for our Expedia.com point of sale.
While we remain focused on optimizing the efficiency of our various selling and marketing
channels, we expect the absolute amounts spent in selling and marketing to increase over time due
to continued expansion of our international businesses, inflation in search-related and other
traffic acquisition vehicles, lower marketing efficiencies, and increased fixed costs associated
with the increase in staffing in our market management area. We expect selling and marketing
expense to continue to increase as a percentage of revenue for the full year 2006 due to continued
expansion of our earlier stage international businesses, inflation in search-related and other
traffic acquisition vehicles, lower marketing efficiencies and increased fixed personnel costs
versus 2005.
27
General and Administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
$
|
66,156
|
|
|
$
|
60,686
|
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
$
|
210,570
|
|
|
$
|
183,736
|
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expense increased for the three months ended September 30,
2006, compared to the same period in 2005, primarily due to an increase in stock-based compensation
expense, partially offset by lower other compensation expense in 2006.
General and administrative expense increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006,
compared to the same period in 2005, primarily due to an increase in our use of professional
services and costs to build our executive teams and supporting staff levels, largely in connection
with being a stand-alone public company as well as increased legal expenses primarily associated
with litigation, partially offset by a decrease in stock-based compensation expense. Stock-based
compensation expense decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same
period in 2005, due to stock options that are completing their vesting cycles and higher forfeiture
rates in 2006. We expect general and administrative expense to increase
as a percentage of revenue for full year 2006 versus 2005 due to incremental costs as a
stand-alone public company and increased legal expenses.
Technology and Content
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Technology and content
|
|
$
|
36,034
|
|
|
$
|
30,854
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
$
|
104,866
|
|
|
$
|
101,998
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Technology and content increased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006,
compared to the same periods in 2005 primarily due to growth in personnel-related expenses in our
software development and engineering teams as we increase our level of website innovation. For the
three months ended September 30, 2006, higher stock-based compensation expense also contributed to
the increase. However, for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, this increase was partially
offset by lower year-to-date stock-based compensation expense.
Given the increasing complexity of our business and our investments in geographic expansion,
an enterprise data warehouse, call center technology, site merchandising, content, corporate
travel, supplier integration, service-oriented architecture and other initiatives, we expect
absolute amounts spent on technology and content expenses to increase as a percentage of revenue
for full year 2006 and 2007.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
$
|
26,569
|
|
|
$
|
30,756
|
|
|
|
(14
|
%)
|
|
$
|
86,860
|
|
|
$
|
94,204
|
|
|
|
(8
|
%)
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles expense decreased for the three and nine months ended
September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in 2005, as some of our intangible assets were
fully amortized.
28
Impairment of Intangible Asset
Based on lower than expected year-to-date revenue growth, we determined that our
indefinite lived trade name intangible asset related to Hotwire might be impaired as of September
30, 2006. Accordingly, in connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the three
months ended September 30, 2006, we performed a valuation of that asset and determined that its
carrying amount exceeded its fair value and recognized an impairment charge of $47.0 million.
Amortization of Non-Cash Distribution and Marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
%
Change
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing
|
|
$
|
711
|
|
|
$
|
5,138
|
|
|
|
(86
|
%)
|
|
$
|
9,578
|
|
|
$
|
9,055
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
The amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing decreased in the three months
ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in prior year, due to the substantial
utilization of all media time we received from IAC in conjunction with the Spin-Off, with an
original value of $17.1 million.
Operating Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
89,292
|
|
|
$
|
148,639
|
|
|
|
(40
|
%)
|
|
$
|
251,789
|
|
|
$
|
311,343
|
|
|
|
(19
|
%)
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income decreased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to
the same period in 2005, primarily due to the impairment charge of $47.0 million, higher selling
and marketing expenses and higher stock-based compensation expense, partially offset by an increase
in gross profit and lower amortization of intangible assets. Stock-based compensation was lower in
the third quarter of 2005 due to a $35.3 million benefit related to a change in estimated
forfeiture rates used to determine stock-based compensation, offset by a $5.4 million expense
related to the modification of existing stock-based compensation awards in connection with the
Spin-Off in 2005.
Operating income decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same
period in 2005, primarily due to the impairment charge of $47.0 million and higher selling and
marketing and general and administrative expenses. These increases were partially offset by an
increase in gross profit and lower stock-based compensation expense resulting from stock options
that are completing their vesting cycles and higher forfeiture rates for the nine months ended
September 30, 2006.
Operating Income Before Amortization (OIBA)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
OIBA
|
|
$
|
180,011
|
|
|
$
|
183,524
|
|
|
|
(2
|
%)
|
|
$
|
452,774
|
|
|
$
|
494,501
|
|
|
|
(8
|
%)
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
29
|
%
|
|
|
31
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
OIBA decreased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same
periods in 2005, primarily due to higher operating expenses, particularly selling and marketing
expense, partially offset by higher gross profit. OIBA decreased for the nine months ended
September 30, 2006, compared to the same periods in
29
2005, primarily due to higher operating expenses, partially offset by higher gross
profit. We expect OIBA for the full year to decrease relative to 2005.
Definition of OIBA
We provide OIBA as a supplemental measure to GAAP. We define OIBA as operating income
plus: (1) amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing expense, (2) stock-based compensation
expense, (3) amortization of intangible assets and goodwill and intangible asset impairment, if
applicable and (4) certain one-time items, if applicable.
OIBA is the primary operating metric used by which management evaluates the performance of our
business, on which internal budgets are based, and by which management is compensated. Management
believes that investors should have access to the same set of tools that management uses to analyze
our results. This non-GAAP measure should be considered in addition to results prepared in
accordance with GAAP, but should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP. We
endeavor to compensate for the limitation of the non-GAAP measure presented by also providing the
comparable GAAP measures, GAAP financial statements, and descriptions of the reconciling items and
adjustments, to derive the non-GAAP measure. We present a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial
measure to GAAP below.
OIBA represents the combined operating results of Expedia, Inc.s businesses, taking into
account depreciation, which we believe is an ongoing cost of doing business, but excluding the
effects of other non-cash expenses that may not be indicative of our core business operations. We
believe this measure is useful to investors for the following reasons:
|
|
it corresponds more closely to the cash operating income generated
from our core operations by excluding significant non-cash operating
expenses;
|
|
|
|
it aids in forecasting and analyzing future operating income as
stock-based compensation, non-cash distribution and marketing expenses
and intangible assets amortization, assuming no subsequent
acquisitions, are likely to decline going forward; and
|
|
|
|
it provides greater insight into management decision making at
Expedia, as OIBA is our primary internal metric for evaluating the
performance of our business.
|
OIBA has certain limitations in that it does not take into account the impact of certain
expenses to our consolidated statements of income, including stock-based compensation, non-cash
payments to partners, acquisition-related accounting and certain one-time items, if applicable. Due
to the high variability and difficulty in predicting certain items that affect net income, such as
tax rates, stock price and interest rates, we are unable to provide a reconciliation to net income
on a forward-looking basis without unreasonable efforts.
Reconciliation of OIBA to Operating Income and Net Income
The following table presents a reconciliation of OIBA to operating income and net income
for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005:
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended
|
|
|
Nine months ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
OIBA
|
|
$
|
180,011
|
|
|
$
|
183,524
|
|
|
$
|
452,774
|
|
|
$
|
494,501
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
(26,569
|
)
|
|
|
(30,756
|
)
|
|
|
(86,860
|
)
|
|
|
(94,204
|
)
|
Impairment of intangible asset
|
|
|
(47,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
(16,439
|
)
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
|
|
(57,547
|
)
|
|
|
(79,899
|
)
|
Amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing
|
|
|
(711
|
)
|
|
|
(5,138
|
)
|
|
|
(9,578
|
)
|
|
|
(9,055
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
89,292
|
|
|
|
148,639
|
|
|
|
251,789
|
|
|
|
311,343
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
4,840
|
|
|
|
17,968
|
|
|
|
13,102
|
|
|
|
47,479
|
|
Write-off of long-term investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,426
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,426
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
2,926
|
|
|
|
7,379
|
|
|
|
17,049
|
|
|
|
11,889
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(37,707
|
)
|
|
|
(69,026
|
)
|
|
|
(103,523
|
)
|
|
|
(143,895
|
)
|
Minority interest in (earnings) losses of consolidated subsidiaries, net
|
|
|
(374
|
)
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
(623
|
)
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
58,977
|
|
|
$
|
82,035
|
|
|
$
|
177,794
|
|
|
$
|
203,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income from IAC/InterActiveCorp
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,316
|
|
|
|
(100
|
%)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
40,089
|
|
|
|
(100
|
%)
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other interest income
|
|
$
|
9,697
|
|
|
$
|
2,962
|
|
|
|
227
|
%
|
|
$
|
20,332
|
|
|
$
|
7,774
|
|
|
|
162
|
%
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to the Spin-Off, the intercompany receivable balances were subject to a cash
management arrangement with IAC. Since we extinguished our intercompany receivable balances with
IAC at Spin-Off with a non-cash distribution to IAC, we no longer receive interest income from IAC.
Other interest income increased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006,
compared to the same periods in 2005, primarily due to higher cash balances, which resulted from
operating cash flow and the $500.0 million senior unsecured notes (the Notes), which we issued in
August 2006.
Interest Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
$
|
(4,857
|
)
|
|
$
|
(310
|
)
|
|
|
1,467
|
%
|
|
$
|
(7,230
|
)
|
|
$
|
(384
|
)
|
|
|
1,783
|
%
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
(1
|
%)
|
|
|
(0
|
%)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0
|
%)
|
|
|
(0
|
%)
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense increased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to
the same period in 2005, due to interest expense related to the Notes. Interest expense increased
for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, due to interest
expense related to the Notes as well as interest expense related to short-term borrowings on our
revolving credit facility, which was fully repaid in March 2006. We expect interest expense to
continue to increase for the full year of 2006 as a result of the Notes. The interest expense will
be partially offset by interest income earned on the unutilized portion of the debt offering
proceeds.
31
Other, Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other, net
|
|
$
|
2,926
|
|
|
$
|
7,379
|
|
|
|
(60
|
%)
|
|
$
|
17,049
|
|
|
$
|
11,889
|
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Other, net decreased for the three months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same
period in 2005. This decrease was primarily due to third quarter of 2005 net unrealized gains of
$12.0 million in the fair value of derivative instruments related to the Ask Jeeves Notes and
certain stock warrants, partially offset by losses in the third quarter of 2005 from the
fluctuation of foreign exchange rates while in third quarter of 2006 we had minimal gains. Other,
net increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005,
primarily due to gains in 2006 from the fluctuation of foreign exchange rates and an increase in
equity earnings from unconsolidated affiliates.
Provision for Income Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
37,707
|
|
|
$
|
69,026
|
|
|
|
(45
|
%)
|
|
$
|
103,523
|
|
|
$
|
143,895
|
|
|
|
(28
|
%)
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
We determine our provision for income taxes for interim periods using an estimate of our
annual effective rate. We record any changes to the estimated annual rate in the interim period in
which the change occurs, including discrete tax items.
Our effective tax rate was 38.8% and 36.7% for the three and nine months ended September 30,
2006, which is higher than the 35% statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes and the
valuation allowance on certain foreign losses, partially offset by the disallowance for tax
purposes of the mark-to-market net gain related to our derivative instruments.
Our effective tax rate was 45.8% and 41.4% for the three and nine months ended September 30,
2005, which was higher than the 35% statutory rate primarily due to a loss from our write-off of a
long-term investment as of September 30, 2005 that is not deductible for tax purposes until
realized, state taxes, non-deductible stock compensation and non-deductible transaction expenses
related to the Spin-Off from IAC.
During the three months ended September 30, 2006, we utilized substantially all of our net
operating losses and expect to be a full cash taxpayer going forward.
Segment Operating Results
Beginning with the first quarter of 2006, we have two reportable segments; North America
and Europe. The change from a single reportable segment is a result of the reorganization of our
business. We determined our segments based on how our chief operating decision makers manage our
business, make operating decisions and evaluate operating performance. Our primary operating metric
for evaluating segment performance is
OIBA (defined above). For additional information about our segment results, see Note 13,
Segment Information.
32
Financial
Position, Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources and Uses of Cash
At September 30, 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents of $945.7 million compared to
$297.4 million at December 31, 2005.
In August 2006, we privately placed $500.0 million of senior unsecured notes due 2018. We
intend to file a registration statement to permit the exchange of the Notes for registered notes
having the same financial terms and covenants as the privately placed notes. The Notes bear a fixed
interest rate of 7.456% with interest payable semi-annually in February and August of each year,
beginning in February 2007. The Notes will be repayable in whole or in part on August 15, 2013, at
the option of the holder of such Notes, at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest. We
may redeem the Notes in accordance with the terms of the agreement in whole or in part at any time
at our option. In August 2006, Moodys Investor Services and Standard and Poors Rating Services
assigned a Baa3 and a BBB- rating, respectively, to our Notes. We plan to use the net proceeds of
$495.7 million for general corporate purposes, which may include repurchase of common stock,
repayment of debt, acquisitions, investments, additions to working capital, capital expenditures
and advances to or investments in our subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2006, we were in compliance
with all related covenants.
In July 2005, we entered into a $1.0 billion revolving credit facility. As of December 31,
2005, we had $230.0 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility, which we fully repaid
during the quarter ended March 31, 2006. As of September 30, 2006, we had outstanding stand-by
letters of credit of $51.8 million, which leaves us with $948.2 million available to use under the
revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2006, we were in compliance with all related
financial covenants.
In May 2006, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 20 million outstanding
shares of our common stock. In July 2006, we completed the repurchase of all 20 million shares
for a total cost of $288.3 million, at an average price of $14.42 per share including transaction
costs. All shares were repurchased in the open market at prevailing market prices.
In August 2006, our Board of Directors authorized another share repurchase of up to 20
million outstanding shares of our common stock. There is no fixed termination date for the
repurchase. As of our filing date, we have not made any share repurchases under this authorization.
In the merchant business, we receive cash from travelers at the time of booking and we record
these amounts on our consolidated balance sheets as deferred merchant bookings. We pay our
suppliers related to these bookings approximately one week after completing the booking for air
travel and, for all other merchant bookings, after the travelers use and the subsequent billing
from the supplier. Therefore, especially for the hotel business, which represents most of our
merchant bookings, there is generally some time from the receipt of the cash from the traveler to
the payment to the suppliers.
As long as the merchant hotel business continues to grow and our business model does not
change, we expect that the change in working capital will continue to be positive. If this business
declines or if the model changes, our working capital could be negatively affected. As of September
30, 2006, and December 31, 2005, we had a working capital deficit of $331.2 million and $848.0
million. These deficits primarily resulted from $2.5 billion of net intercompany receivable
balances we extinguished through a non-cash distribution to IAC upon our Spin-Off on August 9,
2005.
Seasonal fluctuations in our merchant bookings affect our cash flows. During the first half of
the year, hotel bookings have traditionally exceeded payment for stays, resulting in much higher
cash flow related to working capital. During the second half of the year, this pattern typically
reverses. While we expect the impact of
33
seasonal fluctuations to continue, changes in the rate of
growth or terms related to merchant bookings may affect working capital, which might counteract or
intensify the anticipated seasonal fluctuations.
We anticipate continued investment in the development and expansion of our operations. These
investments include but are not limited to improvements to infrastructure, which include our
enterprise data warehouse investment and continued efforts in building a scaleable, extensible,
service-oriented technology platform that will extend across our portfolio of brands. We expect our
worldwide points of sale to migrate to the new platform beginning in 2007. Our future capital
requirements may include capital needs for acquisitions, legal risks or expenditures in support of
our business strategy. In the event we make acquisitions, this may reduce our cash balance and
increase our debt. Legal risks and challenges to our business strategy may also negatively affect
our cash balance.
In our opinion, available cash, funds from operations and available borrowings will provide
sufficient capital resources to meet our foreseeable liquidity needs.
Cash Flows
For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, net
cash provided by operating activities decreased by $196.8 million, to $746.8 million. This decrease
was primarily due to a decrease in cash flows from operating income
as well as a change in operating
assets and liabilities mostly related to the timing of merchant hotel payment processing in the
prior year period. In addition, we made tax payments of $64.0 million, an increase of $58.8
million over the same period in 2005, reducing cash provided by operations due primarily to IACs
payment of taxes related to Expedia prior to our becoming an independent public company after which
time we became responsible for our tax obligations.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, cash used
in investing activities decreased by $688.1 million primarily due to the absence of transfers to
IAC of $753.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2006, changes in the amount of
cash acquired in acquisitions and a $26.7 million increase in capital expenditures in the current
period primarily due to capitalized software costs incurred for the development of our enterprise
data warehouse and other improvements to our technology infrastructure.
Cash used in financing activities decreased during the nine months ended September 30, 2006
due to $295.1 million of treasury stock activity primarily related to our share repurchases and the
$230.0 million repayment of our revolving credit facility, partially offset by the net proceeds of
$495.7 million from the Notes issuance.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
For a discussion of our purchase obligations, see Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, in
the notes to the consolidated financial statements. For a discussion of our debt obligations, see
Note 4, Debt, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. There have been no other
material changes outside the ordinary course of business to our contractual obligations and
commercial commitments since December 31, 2005. Other than our contractual obligations and
commercial commitments, including derivatives, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements
as of September 30, 2006, or December 31, 2005.
34
Part
I. Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk
Market
Risk Management
Market risk is the potential loss from adverse changes in interest rates, foreign
exchange rates and market prices. Our exposure to market risk includes our revolving credit
facility, derivative instruments and merchant accounts payable and deferred merchant bookings
denominated in foreign currencies. We manage our exposure to these risks through established
policies and procedures. Our objective is to mitigate potential income statement, cash flow and
market exposures from changes in interest and foreign exchange rates.
Interest Rate Risk
In August 2006, we issued $500.0 million Notes with a fixed rate of 7.456%. As a result,
if market rates decline, we run the risk that the related required payments on our fixed rate debt
will exceed those based on market rates. The fair value of our Notes was approximately $535 million
as of September 30, 2006 based on the quoted market price at quarter end. A 50 basis point
increase or decrease in interest rates would decrease or increase the fair value of our Notes by
approximately $20 million.
In July 2005, we entered into a $1.0 billion revolving credit facility. The revolving credit
facility bears interest based on our financial leverage and as of September 30, 2006, was equal to
LIBOR plus 0.625%. As a result, we may be susceptible to fluctuations in interest rates if we do
not hedge the interest rate exposure arising from any borrowings under our revolving credit
facility.
We did not experience any significant impact from changes in interest rates for the three and
nine months ended September 30, 2006 or 2005.
Foreign Exchange Risk
We conduct business in certain international markets, primarily Australia, Canada, the
European Union and the Peoples Republic of China. Because we operate in international markets, we
have exposure to different economic climates, political arenas, tax systems and regulations that
could affect foreign exchange rates. Our primary exposure to foreign currency risk relates to
transacting in foreign currency and recording the activity in U.S. dollars. We minimize this
exposure by maintaining natural hedges between our current assets and current liabilities
denominated in foreign currency. Changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other
currencies result in transaction gains or losses, which we recognize in our consolidated statements
of income.
As we increase our operations in international markets, our exposure to fluctuations in
foreign currency exchange rates increases. The economic impact to us of foreign currency exchange
rate movements is linked to variability in real growth, inflation, interest rates, governmental
actions and other factors. These changes, if material, could cause us to adjust our financing and
operating strategies.
As foreign currency exchange rates fluctuate, translation of the income statements of our
international businesses into U.S. dollars affects year-over-year comparability of operating
results. Historically, we have not hedged foreign exchange risks because we generally reinvested
cash flows from international operations locally. We periodically review our strategy for hedging
foreign exchange risks. Our goal in managing our foreign exchange risk is to minimize our potential
exposure to the changes that exchange rates might have on our earnings, cash flows and financial
position.
We use cross-currency swaps to hedge against the change in value of a receivable denominated
in a currency other than the subsidiarys functional currency.
Equity Price Risk
We do not maintain any investments in equity securities as part of our marketable
securities investment strategy. Our equity price risk relates to fluctuation in our stock price,
which affects our derivative liabilities
35
primarily related to the Ask Jeeves Notes. We base the fair value of these derivative
instruments on the changes in the market price of our common stock.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, certain of these notes were converted at fair
value for $71.6 million of common stock, or 3.0 million shares. During October 2006, additional
notes were converted and we released approximately 0.5 million shares of our common stock from
escrow with a fair value of $14.5 million to satisfy the conversion requirements. As additional
notes are converted, the value of the derivative liability will be reduced and our equity price
risk will decrease accordingly. The conversion of the Ask Jeeves Notes during 2006, reduced our
obligation to issue our common stock from 4.3 million shares as of December 31, 2005, to 0.8
million shares as of the date of this filing.
As of the date of this filing, each $1.00 fluctuation in our common stock will result in
approximately $0.8 million change in the aggregate fair value of our Ask Jeeves Notes derivative
liability. An increase in our common stock price will result in a charge to our consolidated
statements of income and vice versa for a decrease in our common stock price. The Ask Jeeves Notes
are due June 1, 2008; upon maturity of these notes, our obligation to satisfy demands for
conversion ceases.
For additional information about the Ask Jeeves Notes, see Note 5, Derivative Instruments, in
the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
36
Part
I. Item 4. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation
of disclosure controls and procedures.
The Companys management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial
reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute assurance that the control
systems objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there
are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.
The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood
of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its
stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or
procedures.
As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act), our management, including our Chairman and Senior Executive, Chief Executive
Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined by Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act).
Based upon that evaluation, our Chairman and Senior Executive, Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this report, our
disclosure controls and procedures were effective in providing reasonable assurance that the
information we are required to disclose in our filings with the SEC under the Exchange Act is
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SECs rules
and forms, and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be
disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and
communicated to management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes
in internal control over financial reporting.
We have been evaluating, designing and enhancing controls related to processes that
previously were handled by IAC, including equity transactions, income taxes, derivatives, treasury
functions and periodic reporting in accordance with SEC rules and regulations. We also have been
evaluating our internal controls over financial reporting and discussing these matters with our
independent accountants and our audit committee.
Based on these evaluations and discussions, we consider what revisions, improvements or
corrections are necessary in order for us to conclude that our internal controls are effective. As
part of this process, we identified a number of areas where there was a need for improvement in our
internal controls over financial reporting. We have completed the remediation of certain of these
areas and are continuing to improve additional areas, including system access.
Besides the internal control improvements as discussed above, there were no other changes to
our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this
report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal
control over financial reporting. We expect to continue monitoring and evaluating our disclosure
controls and internal control over financial reporting on an ongoing basis in an effort to improve
their overall effectiveness. In the course of this evaluation, we anticipate we will continue to
modify and refine our internal processes as we prepare for our first management report on internal
control over financial reporting.
37
Part
II. Item 1. Legal Proceedings
In the ordinary course of business, Expedia and its subsidiaries are parties to legal
proceedings and claims involving property, personal injury, contract, alleged infringement of third
party intellectual property rights and other claims. A discussion of certain legal proceedings can
be found in the section titled Legal Proceedings, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2005 and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31,
2006 and June 30, 2006. The following developments regarding such legal proceedings occurred
during the quarter ended September 30, 2006:
Shareholder Derivative Suit (In re Hotels.com Derivative Litigation, No. 3:03-CV-501-K).
On
July 18, 2006, the plaintiff agreed to dismiss his lawsuit in exchange for an agreement that each
side would bear its own costs. On October 24, 2006, the Court granted an order approving the
plaintiffs request to dismiss the lawsuit.
The following additional cases were filed during the quarter ended September 30, 2006:
City of Orange, Texas Litigation.
On July 18, 2006, the City of Orange, Texas filed a
putative statewide class action in federal court against a number of internet travel companies,
including Hotels.com, Hotwire and Expedia.
City of Orange, Texas, et al. v. Hotels.com, L.P., et
al.,
1:06-CV-0413-RHC-KFG (United States District Court, Eastern District of Texas, Beaumont
Division). The complaint alleges that the defendants have failed to pay to municipalities hotel
accommodations taxes as required by municipal ordinances. The complaint purports to assert claims
for violation of those ordinances, conversion, civil conspiracy, and declaratory judgment. The
complaint seeks damages in an unspecified amount. To our knowledge, defendants Expedia, Hotels.com
and Hotwire have not been served with a summons or complaint and, thus, there is currently no
deadline to respond to the lawsuit.
City of Jacksonville, Florida Litigation
. On July 28, 2006, the City of Jacksonville, Florida
filed a putative statewide class action in state court against a number of internet travel
companies, including Hotels.com, Hotwire and Expedia.
City of Jacksonville, Florida, et al. v.
Hotels.com, LP, et al
. (Circuit Court, Fourth Judicial Circuit, In and For Duval County, Florida).
The complaint alleges that the defendants have failed to pay to municipalities hotel accommodations
taxes as required by municipal ordinances. The complaint purports to assert claims for violation
of those ordinances, conversion, unjust enrichment, imposition of a constructive trust, and
declaratory judgment. The complaint seeks damages in an unspecified amount. On August 17, 2006,
Expedia was served with a summons and complaint. To our knowledge, defendants Hotels.com and
Hotwire have not been served with a summons or complaint.
Leon County, Florida Litigation
. On July 27, 2006, Leon County, Florida filed a putative
statewide class action in federal court against a number of internet travel companies, including
Hotels.com, Hotwire and Expedia
. Leon County, et al. v. Hotels.com, et al
. (United States District
Court, Southern District of Florida). The complaint alleges that the defendants have failed to pay
to the municipalities hotel accommodation taxes as required by municipal ordinances. The complaint
purports to assert claims for violation of those ordinances. The complaint seeks damages in an
unspecified amount. On August 4, 2006, Defendants Hotels.com and Hotwire were served with a
summons and complaint. To our knowledge, defendant Expedia has not been served with a summons or
complaint.
Cities of Columbus and Dayton, Ohio Litigation.
On August 8, 2006, the City of Columbus, Ohio
and the City of Dayton, Ohio, filed a putative statewide class action in federal court against a
number of internet travel companies, including Hotels.com, Hotwire and Expedia.
City of Columbus,
et al. v. Hotels.com, L.P., et al
. (United States District Court, Southern District of Ohio). The
complaint alleges that the defendants have failed to pay to counties and cities in Ohio hotel
accommodation taxes as required by local ordinances. The complaint purports to assert claims for
violation of those ordinances, unjust enrichment, violation of the doctrine of money had and
received, conversion, declaratory judgment, and seeks imposition of a constructive trust. The
complaint seeks damages in an unspecified amount. To our knowledge, defendants Hotels.com,
Hotwire, and Expedia have not been served with a summons or complaint.
38
Miami-Dade County, Florida Litigation.
On September 21, 2006, Miami-Dade County, filed a
lawsuit in state court against a number of internet travel companies, including Hotels.com,
Hotwire, and Expedia.
Miami-Dade County v. Internetwork Publishing Corp., et al
. (Circuit Court of
the 11th Judicial Circuit in and for Miami-Dade County, Florida). The complaint alleges that the
defendants have failed to pay the county hotel accommodation taxes as required by local ordinance.
The complaint purports to assert claims for violation of that ordinance, violations of Floridas
deceptive and unfair trade practices act, breach of fiduciary and agency duty, unjust enrichment,
equitable accounting, injunctive relief, and declaratory judgment. The complaint seeks damages in
an unspecified amount. Defendants Expedia and Hotels.com, L.P. were served with a summons and
complaint on September 27, 2006 and October 2, 2006, respectively. To our knowledge, Hotels.com
GP, LLC and Hotwire, Inc. have not been served with a summons or complaint.
Louisville/Jefferson County Metro Government, Kentucky Litigation.
On September 21, 2006, the
Louisville/Jefferson County Metro Government filed a putative statewide class action in federal
court against a number of internet travel companies, including Hotels.com, Hotwire, and Expedia.
Louisville/Jefferson County Metro Government v. Hotels.com, L.P., et al
. (United States District
Court for the Western District of Kentucky, Louisville Division). The complaint alleges that the
defendants have failed to pay the counties and cities in Kentucky hotel accommodation taxes as
required by local ordinances. The complaint purports to assert claims fro violation of those
ordinances, unjust enrichment, money had and received, conversion, imposition of a constructive
trust, and declaratory judgment. The complaint seeks damages in an unspecified amount. To our
knowledge, defendants Hotels.com, Hotwire and Expedia have not been served with a summons or
complaint.
The Company believes that the claims discussed above lack merit and will continue to defend
vigorously against them.
39
Part II. Item 1A. Risk Factors
In addition to the other information set forth in this report, you should carefully
consider the following new risk factor along with the factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A, Risk
Factors, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, which could
materially affect our business, financial condition or future results. The following risk and the
risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing the Company.
Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be
immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating
results.
Over the last several years, travel suppliers have generally reduced or eliminated commissions
and payments to travel agents and other travel intermediaries; these reductions could adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A portion of our revenue is derived from compensation paid by travel suppliers and global
distribution system (GDS) partners for bookings made through our websites. We generally
negotiate these commissions and fees with our travel suppliers and GDS partners. Over the last
several years, travel suppliers have generally reduced or eliminated commissions and payments to
travel agents and other travel intermediaries. In particular, in 2006, GDS partners faced the
renegotiation of long-term contracts with airlines on terms that generally resulted in decreased
compensation to them. We also renegotiated several long-term contracts with airlines and GDSs with
reduced economic benefits. We are currently negotiating or expect to renegotiate several other
long-term contracts that expire in 2006 or 2007. No assurances can be given that GDS partners or
travel suppliers will not further reduce current industry compensation or our compensation, either
of which could reduce our agency revenue and margins thereby adversely affecting our business,
results of operations and financial condition.
40
Part II. Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
Share Repurchase
In May 2006, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 20 million
outstanding shares of our common stock. In July 2006, we completed the repurchase of all 20 million
shares for a total cost of $288.3 million, representing an average repurchase price of $14.42 per
share including transaction costs.
In August 2006, our Board of Directors authorized another share repurchase of up to 20 million
outstanding shares of our common stock. There is no fixed termination date for the repurchase.
A summary of the repurchase activity during the third quarter of 2006 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
Maximum Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
of Shares that May
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as Part of Publicly
|
|
|
Yet Be Purchased
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
Announced Plans or
|
|
|
Under the Plans or
|
|
Period
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Paid Per Share
|
|
|
Programs
|
|
|
Programs
|
|
July 1-31, 2006
|
|
|
9,509,463
|
|
|
$
|
14.14
|
|
|
|
9,509,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 1-31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000,000
|
|
September 1-30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
9,509,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,509,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
Patt II. Item 6. Exhibits
The exhibits listed below are filed as part of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
4.1
|
|
Indenture, dated as of August 21, 2006, by and among Expedia, Inc., certain Subsidiary
Guarantors (as defined therein) and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2006, by and among Expedia, Inc., the
subsidiary guarantors listed on Schedule 1 thereto, and J.P.
Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as representatives of the Initial Purchasers
|
|
|
|
10.19
|
|
Employment Agreement between Michael B. Adler and Expedia, Inc., effective as of May 16, 2006
|
|
|
|
10.20
|
|
Expedia Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between Michael B. Adler and Expedia, Inc.,
effective as of May 16, 2006
|
|
|
|
10.21
|
|
Employment Agreement between Burke F. Norton and Expedia, Inc., dated as of October 25, 2006
|
|
|
|
10.22
|
|
Expedia Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (First Agreement) between Burke F. Norton and
Expedia, Inc., dated as of October 25, 2006
|
|
|
|
10.23
|
|
Expedia Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Second Agreement) between Burke F. Norton and
Expedia, Inc., dated as of October 25, 2006
|
|
|
|
10.24
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (domestic employees)
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Certification of the Chairman and Senior Executive pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule
15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act
|
|
|
|
31.3
|
|
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Certification of the Chairman and Senior Executive pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
|
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
|
|
|
|
32.3
|
|
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
|
42
Signature
Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned
hereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expedia, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ MICHAEL B. ADLER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael B. Adler
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
November 13, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
43
Exhibit 4.1
Execution
Copy
EXPEDIA, INC.,
as Issuer
the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties hereto,
and
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Trustee
7.456% Senior Notes due 2018
INDENTURE
Dated as of August 21, 2006
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
Certain Sections of this Indenture relating to Sections 310 through
318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trust Indenture Act
|
|
|
|
Indenture
|
Section
|
|
|
|
Section
|
310
|
|
(a)(1)
|
|
|
|
7.9; 7.10
|
|
|
(a)(2)
|
|
|
|
7.10
|
|
|
(a)(3)
|
|
|
|
N.A.
|
|
|
(a)(4)
|
|
|
|
N.A.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
7.8; 7.10
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
N.A.
|
311
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
7.11
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
7.11
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
N.A.
|
312
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
313
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
(b)(1)
|
|
|
|
N.A.
|
|
|
(b)(2)
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
314
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
4.4; 4.7; 10.2
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
N.A.
|
|
|
(c)(1)
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
(c)(2)
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
(c)(3)
|
|
|
|
N.A.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
N.A.
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
315
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
6.11
|
316
|
|
(a)(last sentence)
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
(a)(1)(A)
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
(a)(1)(B)
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
(a)(2)
|
|
|
|
N.A.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
317
|
|
(a)(1)
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
(a)(2)
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
318
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
|
N.A. means Not Applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this
Indenture.
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 1.1. Definitions
|
|
|
1
|
|
SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions
|
|
|
7
|
|
SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
|
|
|
8
|
|
SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II The Notes
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating
|
|
|
9
|
|
SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication
|
|
|
14
|
|
SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent
|
|
|
15
|
|
SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
|
|
|
15
|
|
SECTION 2.5. Noteholder Lists
|
|
|
16
|
|
SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange
|
|
|
16
|
|
SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificates to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers
Pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A
|
|
|
20
|
|
SECTION 2.8. Business Days
|
|
|
20
|
|
SECTION 2.9. Replacement Notes
|
|
|
20
|
|
SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes
|
|
|
20
|
|
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes
|
|
|
21
|
|
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation
|
|
|
21
|
|
SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest
|
|
|
21
|
|
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers, etc
|
|
|
21
|
|
SECTION 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes
|
|
|
22
|
|
SECTION 2.16. One Class of Notes
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III Redemption; Repayment at Option of Holders
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 3.1. Notices to Trustee
|
|
|
22
|
|
SECTION 3.2. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed
|
|
|
23
|
|
SECTION 3.3. Notice of Redemption
|
|
|
23
|
|
SECTION 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption
|
|
|
24
|
|
SECTION 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price
|
|
|
24
|
|
SECTION 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part
|
|
|
24
|
|
SECTION 3.7. Optional Redemption
|
|
|
24
|
|
SECTION 3.8. Applicability of Article
|
|
|
25
|
|
SECTION 3.9. Repayment of Notes
|
|
|
25
|
|
SECTION 3.10. Exercise of Option
|
|
|
25
|
|
SECTION 3.11. When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable
|
|
|
25
|
|
SECTION 3.12. Securities Repaid in Part
|
|
|
26
|
|
-i-
Page
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV Covenants
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes
|
|
|
26
|
|
SECTION 4.2. Limitations on Liens
|
|
|
26
|
|
SECTION 4.3. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
|
|
|
28
|
|
SECTION 4.4. Compliance Certificate
|
|
|
28
|
|
SECTION 4.5. Maintenance of Office or Agency
|
|
|
28
|
|
SECTION 4.6. Existence
|
|
|
29
|
|
SECTION 4.7. SEC Reports
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 5.1. When the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor May Merge or Transfer Assets
|
|
|
29
|
|
SECTION 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI Defaults and Remedies
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 6.1. Events of Default
|
|
|
30
|
|
SECTION 6.2. Acceleration
|
|
|
32
|
|
SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies
|
|
|
32
|
|
SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults
|
|
|
32
|
|
SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority
|
|
|
33
|
|
SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits
|
|
|
33
|
|
SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
|
|
|
33
|
|
SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee
|
|
|
33
|
|
SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
|
|
|
33
|
|
SECTION 6.10. Priorities
|
|
|
34
|
|
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
|
|
|
34
|
|
SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII Trustee
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee
|
|
|
35
|
|
SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee
|
|
|
36
|
|
SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee
|
|
|
37
|
|
SECTION 7.4. Trustees Disclaimer
|
|
|
37
|
|
SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults
|
|
|
37
|
|
SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders
|
|
|
37
|
|
SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity
|
|
|
38
|
|
SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee
|
|
|
39
|
|
SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger
|
|
|
39
|
|
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
|
|
|
40
|
|
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance
|
|
|
40
|
|
SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance
|
|
|
41
|
|
-ii-
Page
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money
|
|
|
42
|
|
SECTION 8.4. Repayment to the Company
|
|
|
42
|
|
SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for Government Obligations
|
|
|
42
|
|
SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX Amendments
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders
|
|
|
43
|
|
SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders
|
|
|
44
|
|
SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
|
|
|
45
|
|
SECTION 9.4. Effect of Consents and Waivers
|
|
|
45
|
|
SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
|
|
|
45
|
|
SECTION 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X Guarantees
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 10.1. Guarantees
|
|
|
46
|
|
SECTION 10.2. No Subrogation
|
|
|
47
|
|
SECTION 10.3. Consideration
|
|
|
48
|
|
SECTION 10.4. Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability
|
|
|
48
|
|
SECTION 10.5. Execution and Delivery
|
|
|
48
|
|
SECTION 10.6. Release of Subsidiary Guarantors
|
|
|
48
|
|
SECTION 10.7. Future Subsidiary Guarantors
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI Miscellaneous
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls
|
|
|
49
|
|
SECTION 11.2. Notices
|
|
|
49
|
|
SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders
|
|
|
50
|
|
SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
|
|
|
50
|
|
SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
|
|
|
50
|
|
SECTION 11.6. When Notes Disregarded
|
|
|
51
|
|
SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
|
|
|
51
|
|
SECTION 11.8. Governing Law
|
|
|
51
|
|
SECTION 11.9. No Recourse Against Others
|
|
|
51
|
|
SECTION 11.10. Successors
|
|
|
51
|
|
SECTION 11.11. Multiple Originals
|
|
|
51
|
|
SECTION 11.12. Variable Provisions
|
|
|
51
|
|
SECTION 11.13. Qualification of Indenture
|
|
|
51
|
|
SECTION 11.14. Table of Contents; Headings
|
|
|
52
|
|
SECTION 11.15. Limitation of Liability for Massachusetts Business Trust
|
|
|
52
|
|
SECTION 11.16. Waiver of Jury Trial
|
|
|
52
|
|
SECTION 11.17. Force Majeure
|
|
|
52
|
|
-iii-
Exhibit A Form of Initial Note
Exhibit B Form of Exchange Note
Exhibit C Form of Certificate (transfers pursuant to Regulation S)
Exhibit D Form of Certificate (transfers pursuant to Rule 144A)
Exhibit E Form of Incumbency Certificate
-iv-
INDENTURE, dated as of August 21, 2006, among EXPEDIA, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
Company
), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties hereto and THE BANK OF NEW
YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A., a national banking association, as Trustee (the
Trustee
).
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable
benefit of Holders of the Companys 7.456% Senior Notes due 2018 (the
Initial Notes
) and,
if and when issued in exchange for Initial Notes as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement,
the Companys 7.456% Senior Notes due 2018 (the
Exchange Notes
and, together with the
Initial Notes and any Additional Notes, the
Notes
):
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
SECTION 1.1.
Definitions
.
Additional Interest
shall mean the additional interest then owing pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement.
Additional Notes
means 7.456% Senior Notes due 2018 issued from time to time after
the Issue Date under the terms of this Indenture (other than pursuant to Sections 2.6, 2.9, 2.11,
3.6, 3.12 and 9.5 of this Indenture, in the case of Notes that are not already Additional Notes,
and other than Exchange Notes issued pursuant to an exchange offer for the other Notes outstanding
under this Indenture).
Attributable Debt
means, with respect to any sale and lease-back transaction, at the
time of determination, the lesser of (1) the sale price of the property so leased multiplied by a
fraction the numerator of which is the remaining portion of the base term of the lease included in
such transaction and the denominator of which is the base term of such lease, and (2) the total
obligation (discounted to present value at the implicit interest factor, determined in accordance
with GAAP, included in the rental payments) of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts
required to be paid on account of property taxes as well as maintenance, repairs, insurance, water
rates and other items which do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining
portion of the base term of the lease included in such transaction.
Board of Directors
or
Board
means, with respect to any Person, the Board
of Directors of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board
of Directors.
Business Day
means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
institutions or trust companies in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or
executive order to close.
Capital Stock
means, with respect to any Person means any and all shares, interests,
rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in
(however designated) equity of such Person, including any preferred stock, partnership interests
and limited liability company membership interests, but excluding any debt securities convertible
into such equity.
2
Code
means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Company
means the Person named as the Company in the preamble to this Indenture
until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, and thereafter, the Company shall mean such successor corporation.
Comparable Treasury Issue
means the United States Treasury security selected by an
Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the
remaining term of the notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in
accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of
comparable maturity to the remaining term of such notes.
Comparable Treasury Price
means (1) the arithmetic average of the Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations for the redemption date after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four Reference Treasury Dealer
Quotations, the arithmetic average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption
date.
Consolidated Net Assets
means, as of the time of determination, the aggregate amount
of assets of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries after deducting, to the extent included,
all current liabilities other than (1) short-term borrowings, (2) current maturities of long-term
debt and (3) current maturities of obligations under capital leases, as reflected on the Companys
most recent consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP at the end of the most
recently completed fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as applicable.
Control
means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ability to
exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. A person shall be deemed to Control another person
if such person (1) is an officer or director of the other person or (2) directly or indirectly owns
or controls 10% or more of the other persons capital stock. The terms Controlling and
Controlled have meanings correlative thereto.
Corporate Trust Office
means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular
time, this Indenture shall be principally administered; which office at the date of the execution
of this Indenture is located at 700 South Flower Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles, CA 90017,
Attention: Corporate Finance Unit or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may
designate from time to time by notice to the Holders.
Credit Agreement
means the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2005, among
Expedia, Inc., Expedia, Inc. (a Washington corporation), Travelscape, Inc., Hotels.com, Hotwire,
Inc., the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as administrative agent, as the same
may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and any successor credit
agreement thereto (whether by renewal, replacement, refinancing or otherwise) that the Company in
good faith designates to be its principal credit agreement (taking into account the maximum
principal amount of the credit facility provided thereunder, the recourse nature of the agreement
and such other factors as the Company deems reasonable in light of the circumstances), such
designation (or the designation that at a given time there is no principal credit agreement) to be
made by an Officers Certificate delivered to the Trustee.
3
Default
means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would
be, an Event of Default.
Domestic Subsidiary
means a Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary.
DTC
means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors
and assigns.
Exchange Act
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules
and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
Foreign Subsidiary
means (1) any Subsidiary that is not (a) formed under the laws
of the United States of America or a state or territory thereof or (b) treated as a domestic entity
or a partnership or a division of a domestic entity for U.S. tax purposes or (2) any Subsidiary
that is (a) a domestic partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. tax purposes and (b) owned by a
Subsidiary described in (1).
GAAP
means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America
in effect from time to time.
guarantee
means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or
indirectly guaranteeing any indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or
indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply
funds for the purchase or payment of) such indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by
virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep well, to purchase assets, goods,
securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise)
or (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such indebtedness
of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in
part);
provided
,
however
, that the term guarantee will not include endorsements
for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term guarantee, when used as a
verb, has a correlative meaning.
Guarantee
means the guarantee by any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Companys
Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.
Holder
or
Noteholder
means the person in whose name a note is registered
on the security register books.
incur
means issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for.
Indebtedness
means, with respect to any Person, obligations (other than Nonrecourse
Obligations) of such Person for borrowed money (including without limitation, indebtedness for
borrowed money evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments).
Indenture
means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Independent Investment Banker
means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Lehman Brothers
Inc., or their respective successors as may be appointed from time to time by the Company;
provided
,
however
, that if any of the foregoing ceases to be a Primary Treasury
Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.
4
Initial Purchasers
means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. and the
other Initial Purchasers named in the Purchase Agreement.
Issue Date
means August 21, 2006.
Lien
means any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge or other similar
encumbrance.
Nonrecourse Obligation
means indebtedness or other obligations substantially related
to (1) the acquisition of assets not previously owned by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or
any of the Companys other direct or indirect Subsidiaries or (2) the financing of a project
involving the development or expansion of properties of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or
any of the Companys other direct or indirect Subsidiaries, as to which the obligee with respect to
such indebtedness or obligation has no recourse to the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any of
the Companys other direct or indirect Subsidiaries or any of the Companys, any Subsidiary
Guarantors or such Subsidiarys assets other than the assets which were acquired with the proceeds
of such transaction or the project financed with the proceeds of such transaction (and the proceeds
thereof).
Officer
means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
Controller, the Chief Operating Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant
Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the General Counsel, the
Secretary or the Assistant Secretary, as applicable.
Officers Certificate
means a certificate signed by any two Officers of the Company.
Opinion of Counsel
means a written opinion from legal counsel to the Company. The
counsel may be an employee of the Company. Opinions of Counsel required to be delivered under this
Indenture may have qualifications customary for opinions of the type required and counsel
delivering such Opinions of Counsel may rely on certificates of the Company or governmental or
other officials customary for opinions of the type required, including certificates certifying as
to matters of fact.
Person
means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company,
joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government
or political subdivision thereof.
principal
means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the
Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time;
provided
,
however
, that for purposes of calculating any such premium, the term principal shall not
include the premium with respect to which such calculation is being made.
Primary Treasury Dealer
means a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New
York City.
Purchase Agreement
means the Purchase Agreement, dated August 16, 2006, among the
Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.
5
Reference Treasury Dealer
means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. or
two other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Company, and each of their respective successors
and any other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations
means, with respect to each Reference Treasury
Dealer and any redemption date, the arithmetic average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid
and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its
principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer by 3:30 p.m.,
New York City time, on the third business day preceding such redemption date.
Remaining Scheduled Payments
means, with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the
remaining scheduled payments of the principal and interest thereon that would be due after the
related redemption date but for such redemption;
provided
,
however
, that, if such
redemption date is not an interest payment date with respect to such Note, the amount of the next
scheduled interest payment thereon will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued thereon to
such redemption date.
Repayment Date
means August 15, 2013.
Registered Exchange Offer
means the offer by the Company, pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement, to certain holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such
holders, in exchange for the Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes
registered under the Securities Act.
Registration Rights Agreement
means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
August 21, 2006, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers as such
agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and, with respect to any
Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other
parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time,
relating to rights given by the Company to purchasers of Additional Notes with respect to
registration of such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.
Restricted Period
means the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later
of (1) the day on which the Initial Notes first are offered to persons other than distributors (as
defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) and (2) the Issue Date or the date on which any
Additional Notes are originally issued in the form of Initial Notes as the case may be.
Restrictive Notes Legend
means the Restrictive Legend set forth in clause (A) of
Section 2.1(c) or the Regulation S Legend set forth in clause (B) of Section 2.1(c), as applicable.
SEC
means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency.
Securities Act
means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
6
Securities Custodian
means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed
by DTC), or any successor person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.
Stated Maturity
means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such
security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable,
including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for
the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof until the exercise of such
option by such holder).
Subsidiary
means, with respect to any person (the parent) at any date, any
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of
which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parents consolidated financial
statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of that date, as
well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity
(1) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or
more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the
general partnership interests are, as of that date, owned, controlled or held or (2) that is, as of
that date, otherwise Controlled (within the meaning of the first sentence of the definition of
Control), by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or
more subsidiaries of the parent.
Subsidiary Guarantors
means Expedia, Inc. (a Washington corporation), Travelscape,
LLC, Hotels.com, Hotwire, Inc., TripAdvisor Business Trust, TripAdvisor LLC, Interactive Affiliate
Network, L.L.C., Hotels.com, L.P., Hotels.com GP, LLC, HRN 99 Holdings, LLC, IAN.com, L.P., Owl
Holding Company, Inc., Classic Vacations, LLC and any other Subsidiary of the Company that, in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture, Guarantees the Notes, in each case until such
Guarantee is released pursuant to the provisions of Article X.
Treasury Rate
means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal
to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third Business Day immediately
preceding that redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue. In determining this rate, the
Company will assume a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its
principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
Trust Indenture Act
means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15
U.S.C.
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture;
provided
,
however
, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date,
Trust Indenture Act means, to the extent required by any such amendments, the U.S. Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended.
Trustee
means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a
successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and,
thereafter, means such successor.
Trust Officer
means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the
Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president,
assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who has direct
responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
7
Uniform Commercial Code
means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from
time to time.
U.S. Government Obligations
means direct obligations (or certificates representing
an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or
instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of
America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the Companys option.
SECTION 1.2.
Other Definitions
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined in
|
Term
|
|
Section
|
Affiliate
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
Agent Members
|
|
|
2.1
|
(d)
|
Applicable Procedures
|
|
|
2.6
|
(a)
|
Authenticating Agent
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Bankruptcy Law
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
Company Order
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
covenant defeasance option
|
|
|
8.1
|
(b)
|
Custodian
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
Definitive Notes
|
|
|
2.1
|
(e)
|
Event of Default
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
Exchange Global Note
|
|
|
2.1
|
(a)
|
Exchange Notes
|
|
Preamble
|
Global Notes
|
|
|
2.1
|
(a)
|
Initial Notes
|
|
Preamble
|
legal defeasance option
|
|
|
8.1
|
(b)
|
Make-Whole Amount
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
Notes
|
|
Preamble
|
Notice of Default
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
Obligations
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
Paying Agent
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
QIBs
|
|
|
2.1
|
(a)
|
Registrar
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
Regulation S
|
|
|
2.1
|
(a)
|
Regulation S Certificate
|
|
|
2.6
|
(a)
|
Regulation S Global Note
|
|
|
2.1
|
(a)
|
Regulation S Legend
|
|
|
2.1
|
(c)
|
Regulation S Note
|
|
|
2.1
|
(a)
|
Restrictive Legend
|
|
|
2.1
|
(c)
|
Rule 144A
|
|
|
2.1
|
(a)
|
Rule 144A Certificate
|
|
|
2.6
|
(b)
|
Rule 144A Global Note
|
|
|
2.1
|
(a)
|
Rule 144A Note
|
|
|
2.1
|
(a)
|
Successor
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
Trust
|
|
|
11.15
|
|
8
SECTION 1.3.
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
. This Indenture is subject to the
mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act which are incorporated by reference in and made a
part of this Indenture. The following terms in the Trust Indenture Act have the following
meanings:
Commission
means the SEC.
indenture securities
means the Notes.
indenture security holder
means a Holder.
indenture to be qualified
means this Indenture.
indenture trustee
or
institutional trustee
means the Trustee.
obligor
on the indenture securities means the Company and any other obligor
on the indenture securities.
All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by
reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such
definitions.
SECTION 1.4.
Rules of Construction
. For purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly
provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;
(3) including means including without limitation;
(4) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the
singular;
(5) all references to (a) Initial Notes shall refer also to any Additional Notes issued
in the form of Initial Notes and (b) Exchange Notes shall refer also to any Additional Notes
issued in the form of Exchange Notes, in each case, pursuant to Section 2.15;
(6) all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the
Issue Date or the date any Additional Notes were originally issued, as the case may be; and
(7) all references herein to particular Sections or Articles shall refer to this
Indenture unless otherwise so indicated.
9
ARTICLE II
The Notes
SECTION 2.1
Form and Dating
. (a) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Company to
the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Notes shall be resold
initially by the Initial Purchasers only to (A) qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule
144A under the Securities Act (
Rule 144A
)) in reliance on Rule 144A (
QIBs
) and
(B) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act
(
Regulation S
)) in reliance on Regulation S. The Initial Notes may thereafter be
transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act
in accordance with the procedure described herein. The Initial Notes shall be dated the date of
their authentication.
Initial Notes offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States of
America in reliance on Rule 144A (each, a
Rule 144A Note
and collectively, the
Rule
144A Notes
) shall be issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without
interest coupons, substantially in the form of
Exhibit A
, which is incorporated by
reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section
2.1(c) (the
Rule 144A Global Note
), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC,
duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule
144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTCs rules
regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate
principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter
provided.
Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America (each, a
Regulation S
Note
and collectively, the
Regulation S Notes
) in reliance on Regulation S shall be
issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons,
substantially in the form set forth in
Exhibit A
, which is incorporated by reference and
made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the
Regulation S Global Note
) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed
by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Regulation S Global
Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTCs rules regarding the
maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount
of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made
on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Note and a Regulation S Note shall be
issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with
the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.1(c)
(the
Exchange Global Note
). The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one
certificate, if so required by DTCs rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented
by a single certificate.
10
The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are
sometimes collectively herein referred to as the
Global Notes
.
The principal of and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the
Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of
the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3;
provided
,
however
, that at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by (i)
check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the
Note Register or (ii) upon request of any Holder of at least $1,000,000 principal amount of Notes,
wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee. Payments in
respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest)
shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC.
(b)
Denominations
. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form,
without coupons, and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof.
(c)
Restrictive Legends
. Unless and until (i) an Initial Note is sold under an
effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in
connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement or a similar agreement,
(A) the Rule 144A Global Note shall bear the following legend (the
Restrictive
Legend
) on the face thereof:
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
SECURITIES ACT), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS
SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED,
TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH
REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN
BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO
OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE) THAT IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND
THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS
SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO
LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AS DEFINED IN
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF
A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE
11
TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR
OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E)
TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR
(7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE
SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR
INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY
DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANYS
AND THE TRUSTEES RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D),
(E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER
INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF
THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.
(B) the Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend (the
Regulation S
Legend
) on the face thereof:
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
SECURITIES ACT), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS
SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED,
TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH
REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN
BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO
OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE) THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE
LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS
SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO
LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AS DEFINED IN
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF
A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN
RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES
WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN
12
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7)
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY
FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH
CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES
AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION
OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANYS AND THE TRUSTEES RIGHT PRIOR
TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE
DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO
EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT
IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS
ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT.
(C) The Global Notes, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the
face thereof:
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY
TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (DTC), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF
FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART,
TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSORS NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF
PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.
(d)
Book-Entry Provisions
. (i) This Section 2.1(d) shall apply only to Global
Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.
13
(2) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC for such Global
Note or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (z) bear
legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c).
(3) Members of, or participants in, DTC (
Agent Members
) shall have no rights under
this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the
custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee
and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all
purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the
Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification,
proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the
operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a
beneficial interest in any Global Note.
(4) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note
pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section 2.1 to beneficial owners who are required to hold
Definitive Notes, the Securities Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a
decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of
the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.
(5) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant
to subsection (e) of this Section 2.1, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the
Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such
Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.
(6) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any
person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take
any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
(e)
Definitive Notes
. (i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests
in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive certificated Notes (
Definitive Notes
).
If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain
Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request
in accordance with DTCs and the Registrars procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be
transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if
(a) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such
Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when
DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor
depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or, (b) the Company
executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officers Certificate stating that such
Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (c) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and
the Registrar has received a request from DTC.
14
(2) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to
Section 2.1(d)(iv) or (v) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(g), bear the
applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in
Section 2.1(c).
SECTION 2.2
Execution and Authentication
. An Officer of the Company shall sign the Notes for the
Company by manual or facsimile signature and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.
A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates
the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has
been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the
Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on
the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000, (2) any Additional Notes for
original issue from time to time after the Issue Date in such principal amounts as set forth in
Section 2.15 and (3) any Exchange Notes for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of
Initial Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the
Company (a
Company Order
). Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to
be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and
whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Exchange Notes. The aggregate principal amount of
Initial Notes (other than Additional Notes) which may be authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture is limited to $500,000,000. Additionally, the Company may from time to time, without
notice to or consent of the Holders, issue such additional principal amounts of Additional Notes as
may be issued and authenticated pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph, and Notes authenticated
and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of
the same class pursuant to Section 2.6, Section 2.9, Section 2.10, Section 3.6, Section 3.12,
Section 9.5 and except for transactions similar to the Registered Exchange Offer.
The Trustee may appoint an agent (the
Authenticating Agent
) reasonably acceptable to
the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such
Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this
Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.
In case the Company, pursuant to Article V, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any
other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets
substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such
consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or the
Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid,
shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto (if not otherwise a party to the Indenture)
with the Trustee pursuant to Article V, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such
consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at
the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the
name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate,
but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like
principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Company Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate
and deliver Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at
any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person (if other than the
Company) pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of
transfer of any Notes, such successor Person (if other than the Company), at the option of the
Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time
outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.
SECTION 2.3.
Registrar and Paying Agent
. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where
Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
Registrar
) and
an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the
Paying Agent
). The
Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may
have one or more additional paying agents. The term Paying Agent includes any such additional
paying agent. The Company may change the Registrar or appoint one or more co-Registrars without
notice.
In the event the Company shall retain any Person not a party to this Indenture as an agent
hereunder, the Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or
Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the Trust
Indenture Act. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such
agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the
Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be
entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Company shall be
responsible for the fees and compensations of all agents appointed or approved by it. Either the
Company or any of its domestically incorporated wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes.
SECTION 2.4.
Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
. By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time)
on the date on which any principal or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Note is
due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such
principal or interest (including any Additional Interest) when due. The Company shall require each
Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in
trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the
payment of principal of or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Notes and shall
notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If either
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held
by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a
Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for
any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent
(if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered
to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the
Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
SECTION 2.5.
Noteholder Lists
. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders. If the
Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in
writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as
the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may
reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders.
SECTION 2.6.
Transfer and Exchange
.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes (other than Section 2.1(e)
hereof), transfers and exchanges of Notes and beneficial interests in a Global Note of the kinds
specified in this Section 2.6 shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.6.
(a)
Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note
. If the owner of a beneficial
interest in the Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a person who
wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global
Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.6(a),
and subject to the Applicable Procedures (as defined below). Upon receipt by the Trustee, as
Registrar, of (A) an order given by DTC or its authorized representative directing that a
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount be credited to
a specified Agent Members account and that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in
an equal principal amount be debited from another specified Agent Members account and (B) a
Regulation S Certificate (a
Regulation S Certificate
), the form of which is set forth in
Exhibit C
hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the owner of such
beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note and increase the principal amount of the
Regulation S Global Note by such specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
Applicable Procedures
means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a
Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear System and
Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme or their successors or assigns, in each case, to the extent
applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
(b)
Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note
. If the owner of a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a person
who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global
Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with this Section 2.6(b) and subject to the
Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) an order given by DTC or
its authorized representative directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in
a specified principal amount be credited to a specified Agent Members account and that a
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in an equal principal amount be debited from
another specified Agent Members account and (B) if such transfer is to occur during (but only
during) the Restricted Period, a Rule 144A Certificate (a
Rule 144A Certificate
), the
form of which is set forth in
Exhibit D
hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly
executed by the owner of such beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or his attorney
duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall reduce the principal amount of
the Regulation S Global Note and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note by such
specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
(c)
Rule 144A Non-Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note
.
If the holder of a Rule 144A Note (other than a Global Note) wishes at any time to
transfer all or any portion of such Note to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note,
such transfer may be effected only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.6(c) and
subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) such Note
as provided in Section 2.3 and instructions satisfactory to the Trustee directing that a beneficial
interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount
not greater than the principal amount of such Note be credited to a specified Agent Members
account and (B) a Rule 144A Certificate, if the specified account is to be credited with a
beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or a Regulation S Certificate, if the specified
account is to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, in either
case, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by such holder or his attorney duly authorized
in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall cancel such Note (and issue a new Note in respect
of any untransferred portion thereof) as provided in Section 2.3 and increase the principal amount
of the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, by the specified
principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
(d)
Regulation S Non-Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global
Note
. If the holder of a Regulation S Note (other than a Global Note) wishes at any time to
transfer all or any portion of such Note to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, such
transfer may be effected only in accordance with this Section 2.6(d) and subject to the Applicable
Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) such Note as provided in Section 2.3
and instructions satisfactory to the Trustee directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A
Global Note or Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount not greater than the
principal amount of such Note be credited to a specified Agent Members account and (B) if the
transfer is to occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period and the specified account is to
be credited with a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, a Rule 144A Certificate
satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by such holder or his attorney duly authorized in
writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall cancel such Note (and issue a new Note in respect of
any untransferred portion thereof) as provided in Section 2.3 and increase the principal amount of
the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, by the specified
principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
(e)
Non-Global Note to Non-Global Note
. A Note that is not a Global Note may be
transferred, in whole or in part, to a person who takes delivery in the form of another Note that
is not a Global Note in accordance with Section 2.3;
provided
, that if the Note to be
transferred in whole or in part is (I) a Rule 144A Note or (II) a Regulation S Note and the
transfer is to occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period, then, in each case, the
Trustee, as Registrar, shall have received (A) a Rule 144A Certificate, satisfactory to the Trustee
and duly executed by the transferor holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, in which
case the transferee holder shall take delivery in the form of a Rule 144A Note, or (B) a Regulation
S Certificate, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the transferor holder or his
attorney duly authorized in writing, in which case the transferee holder shall take delivery in the
form of a Regulation S Note (subject in each case to Section 2.6(g)).
(f)
Exchange between Global Note and Non-Global Note
. A beneficial interest in a
Global Note may be exchanged for a Note that is not a Global Note as provided in Section 2.1(e);
provided
, that if such interest is a beneficial interest in (I) the Rule 144A Global Note
or (II) the Regulation S Global Note and such exchange is to occur during the Restricted Period,
then, in each case, such interest shall be exchanged for a Rule 144A Note (subject in each
case to Section 2.6(g)). A Note that is not a Global Note may be exchanged for a beneficial
interest in a Global Note only if (A) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer effected
in accordance with Section 2.6(c) or (d) herein or (B) such Note is a Regulation S Note and such
exchange occurs after the Restricted Period.
(g)
Restrictive Notes Legend
. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes
not bearing a Restrictive Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a
Restrictive Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a
Restrictive Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restrictive Notes
Legend unless there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that neither
such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance
with the provisions of the Securities Act.
(h)
Officers Certificate
. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers
Certificate setting forth the resale restriction termination date relating to the Notes and the
Restricted Period.
The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications
received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Company shall have the right to inspect
and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time
upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.
(i)
Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes
.
(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to
the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrars or co-registrars request.
(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax,
assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any
such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or
transfer pursuant to Sections 3.6 or 9.5.
(iii) The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of
or exchange of any Note for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of
an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of
such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest
payment date.
(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the
Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat
the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the
purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other
purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the
Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to
the contrary.
19
(v) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note
pursuant to Section 2.1(d) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(g), bear the
applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set
forth in Section 2.1(c).
(vi) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture shall be the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, shall evidence
the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes
surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
(vii) All certificates, certifications and opinions of counsel required to be
submitted to the Registrar or any co-registrar pursuant to this Section 2.6 to effect any
transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile transmission, with the original to follow
by first class mail or hand delivery.
(j)
No Obligation of the Trustee
. (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or
obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other
Person in respect of any aspect of the records, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records, relating to beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note, with respect to the accuracy
of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any
ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member,
beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of
redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property)
under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and
all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon
the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global
Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC
subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee and the Company may
conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with
respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
(2) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to
compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law
with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among
Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery
of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so
if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to
determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
(k)
Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes
. A Global Note may not be transferred as a
whole except by DTC to a nominee of DTC, by a nominee of DTC to DTC or to another nominee of DTC,
or by the DTC or any such nominee to a successor depositary or to a nominee of such successor
depositary.
Neither the Trustee nor any agent thereof shall have any responsibility for any actions taken
or not taken by DTC or any successor depositary.
(l)
Accrual of Interest on the Exchange Note; Exchange of Exchange Notes
.
20
(i) Interest on any Exchange Note shall accrue from the dates provided in Exhibit B.
(ii) Subject to Section 2.1(e), upon the occurrence of the Registered Exchange Offer
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon
receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall
authenticate one or more Exchange Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Initial Notes or Additional Notes
tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable letters of transmittal
that (x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of
the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.
Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate
principal amount of the applicable Initial Notes in the form of Global Notes and/or
Additional Notes in the form of Global Notes to be reduced accordingly.
SECTION 2.7.
Form of Certificates to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant
to Regulation S and Rule 144A
.
Attached hereto as
Exhibit C
and
Exhibit D
are forms of certificates to be
delivered in connection with transfers pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A, respectively.
SECTION 2.8.
Business Days
. If a payment date is on a date that is not a Business Day, payment
shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on
such payment for the intervening period. If a regular record date is on a day that is not a
Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.
SECTION 2.9.
Replacement Notes
. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the
Holder of a Note shall provide the Company and the Trustee with evidence to their satisfaction that
the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee
shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform
Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee.
In addition, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity or surety bond sufficient in the judgment of
the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar
from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may
charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.
SECTION 2.10.
Outstanding Notes
. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the
Trustee except for those canceled, those delivered for cancellation and those described in this
Section 2.10 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.9, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee
and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide
purchaser.
If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a
redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and
interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed
or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease
to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
SECTION 2.11.
Temporary Notes
. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may
prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be
substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers
appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Notes. After the preparation of definitive
Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the
temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such
exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more
temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in
exchange therefor, one or more definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes.
Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same
benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of definitive Notes.
SECTION 2.12.
Cancellation
. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee for cancellation any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer or exchange or payment. The Trustee and no
one else shall cancel (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, payment or cancellation and, upon the request
of the Company, deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Company. The Company may not
issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, which shall not prohibit the Company from issuing any Additional Notes, or any
Exchange Notes in exchange for Initial Notes. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee may be
disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its then customary practices and procedures, unless
the Company directs otherwise. The Trustee shall provide to the Company a list of all Notes that
have been cancelled from time to time as requested in writing by the Company.
SECTION 2.13.
Defaulted Interest
. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes,
the Company shall pay defaulted interest plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent
lawful at the rate specified therefor in the Notes in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the
defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date. The
Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee which specified record date shall not be less than 10 days
prior to the payment date for such defaulted interest and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed
to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of
defaulted interest to be paid. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of
defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at
the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate
amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money
when so deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Person entitled to such defaulted
interest as provided in this Section 2.13.
SECTION 2.14.
CUSIP Numbers, etc
. The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP or ISIN
numbers and/or other similar numbers (if then generally in use), and, if
so, the Trustee
shall use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience
to Holders;
provided
,
however
, that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of a redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be
affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the
Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers and/or other similar numbers.
SECTION 2.15.
Issuance of Additional Notes
. The Company shall be entitled to issue, from time to
time, Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes
issued on the Issue Date or the Exchange Notes exchanged therefor (in each case, other than with
respect to the date of issuance, issue price and amount of interest payable on the first payment
date applicable thereto), as the case may be.
With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of the Board
of Directors and an Officers Certificate, a copy of each shall be delivered to the Trustee, the
following information:
(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and
delivered pursuant to this Indenture;
(2) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP and ISIN number of any such Additional
Notes and the amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable thereto;
(3) whether such Additional Notes shall be transfer restricted securities and issued in the
form of Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit A to this Indenture or shall be issued in the form of
Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit B to this Indenture; and
(4) if applicable, the resale restriction termination date relating to the Notes and the
Restricted Period for such Additional Notes.
SECTION 2.16.
One Class of Notes
. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes
shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class; and none of the Initial Notes, any
Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class
on any matter. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall together be
deemed to constitute a single class or series for all purposes under this Indenture.
ARTICLE III
Redemption; Repayment at Option of Holders
SECTION 3.1.
Notices to Trustee
. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Sections 5 or 6
of the Notes or Section 3.7, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date and the
principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.
The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.1 at least 30
days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period.
23
Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers Certificate from the Company to the effect
that such redemption shall comply with the conditions herein. The record date relating to such
redemption shall be selected by the Company and set forth in the related notice given to the
Trustee, which record date shall be not less than 15 days prior to the date selected for redemption
by the Company.
SECTION 3.2.
Selection of Notes to be Redeemed
. If fewer than all the Notes then outstanding are
to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by any
other method that complies with applicable legal and securities exchange requirements, if any, and
that the Trustee considers, in its discretion, to be fair and appropriate in accordance with
methods generally used at the time of selection by fiduciaries in similar circumstances. The
Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.
Notes and portions thereof that the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for
redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall promptly
notify the Company of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed.
SECTION 3.3.
Notice of Redemption
. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for
redemption of Notes, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each
Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address.
The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
(1) the aggregate amount of Notes to be redeemed;
(2) the redemption date;
(3) the redemption price (or the method of calculating such price) and the amount of
accrued interest to be paid, if any;
(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
collect the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any;
(6) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate
number (if certificated) and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed;
(7) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on
Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the
redemption date;
(8) the CUSIP number, or any similar number, if any, printed on the Notes being
redeemed; and
(9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number, or any similar number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
24
At the Companys written request (which may be rescinded or revoked at any time prior to the
time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), the Trustee shall give the
notice of redemption in the name of the Company and at the Companys expense. In such event, the
Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section 3.3 at least 5
Business Days prior to the date chosen for giving such notice to the Holders (unless the Trustee
shall agree to a shorter period). The notice, if mailed in the manner herein provided, shall be
conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any
case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note
designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings
for the redemption of any other Notes.
SECTION 3.4.
Effect of Notice of Redemption
. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.3, Notes called for
redemption shall become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price as
stated in the notice. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent on or after the redemption date, such
Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest
to the redemption date;
provided
, that the Company shall have deposited the redemption
price with the Paying Agent or the Trustee on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date
of redemption;
provided
further that if the redemption date is after a regular record date
and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest shall be payable to
the Noteholder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. Failure to give
notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any
other Holder.
SECTION 3.5.
Deposit of Redemption Price
. By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of redemption, the Company
shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the Paying
Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price
of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or
portions of Notes called for redemption which are owned by the Company or a Subsidiary and have
been delivered by the Company or such Subsidiary to the Trustee for cancellation. All money, if
any, earned on funds held by the Paying Agent shall be remitted to the Company. In addition, the
Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the
Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest, if
any, on, all Notes to be redeemed.
Unless the Company defaults in the payment of such redemption price, interest on the Notes or
portions of Notes to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on and after the applicable redemption date,
whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.
SECTION 3.6.
Notes Redeemed in Part
. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder thereof (at the Companys expense) a new Note, equal in a
principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered;
provided
that each new
Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
SECTION 3.7.
Optional Redemption
. The Notes shall be redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the
option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal
amount of such Notes and (2) the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments of
principal and interest thereon (exclusive
25
of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted
to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day
months) at the Treasury Rate plus 37.5 basis points (the
Make-Whole Amount
), plus accrued
interest thereon to the redemption date. The Notes shall also be redeemable as provided in
Sections 5 and 6 of the Notes.
SECTION 3.8.
Applicability of Article
. Repayment of the Notes before their Stated Maturity at the option of Holders thereof shall be
made in accordance with the terms of the Notes and in accordance with this Article.
SECTION 3.9.
Repayment of Notes
. Each Note is subject to repayment in whole or in part at the option of the Holder thereof at a
price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with interest thereon accrued to the
Repayment Date.
SECTION
3.10.
Exercise of Option
. To be repaid at the option of the Holder, any Note, with the Option to Elect Repayment form
attached to such Note duly completed by the Holder, must be received by the Company at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or at such other place or places of which the Company shall
from time to time notify the Holders of such Notes) not earlier than June 1, 2013 nor later than
June 30, 2013;
provided
,
however
, that if June 30, 2013 is not a Business Day, such
Note, with such Option to Elect Repayment form duly completed, may be received by the Company at
the aforementioned address on the next succeeding Business Day. If less than the entire principal
amount of such Note is to be repaid in accordance with the terms of such Note, the principal amount
of such Note to be repaid, in increments of $1,000, and the denomination or denominations of the
Note or Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the principal amount of such Note
surrendered that is not to be repaid must be specified. The principal amount of any Note may not
be repaid at the option of the Holder in part if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal
amount of such Note would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Notes under this
Indenture. Exercise of the repayment option by a Holder shall be irrevocable unless waived by the
Company. No transfer or exchange of any Note (or in the event any Note is to be repaid in part,
such portion of such Note to be repaid) will be permitted after exercise of the repayment option
with respect to such Note or such portion of such Note. All questions as to the validity,
eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of this Note for repayment will be
determined by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding.
SECTION 3.11.
When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable
. The Company covenants that on or before the Repayment Date the Company will deposit with
the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent,
segregated and held as a separate trust fund as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of money
sufficient to pay 100% of the principal of, and (except if the Repayment Date shall be an Interest
Payment Date (as defined in the Notes)) accrued interest, if any, on, all the Notes or portions
thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid on such date. If Notes providing for repayment at the
option of the Holders thereof shall have been surrendered as provided in this Article and as
provided by the terms of such Notes, such Notes or the portions thereof, as the case may be, to be
repaid shall become due and payable and shall be paid by the Company on the Repayment Date, and on
and after such Repayment Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Notes on
such Repayment Date) interest on such Notes or the portions thereof, as the case may be, shall
cease to accrue.
26
SECTION
3.12.
Securities Repaid in Part
. Upon surrender and cancellation of any Note which is to be repaid in part only, the Company
shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note, without
service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized
denomination specified by the Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for
the portion of the principal of such Note so surrendered and cancelled which is not to be repaid.
ARTICLE IV
Covenants
SECTION 4.1.
Payment of Notes
. The Company covenants and agrees that it shall promptly pay the principal of and interest
(including Additional Interest) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes
and in this Indenture. Principal and interest (including Additional Interest) shall be considered
paid on the date due if, on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date, the Trustee or
the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, the segregated
account or separate trust fund maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary pursuant to Section
2.4) holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest
(including Additional Interest) then due. If any Additional Interest is due, the Company shall
deliver an Officers Certificate to the Trustee setting forth the Additional Interest per $1,000
aggregate principal amount of Notes.
The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the
Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent
lawful as provided in Section 2.13.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company or the
Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other
similar taxes imposed by the United States of America or other domestic or foreign taxing
authorities from principal or interest payments hereunder.
SECTION 4.2.
Limitations on Liens
. (a) So long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company may not directly or indirectly,
incur, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any
Indebtedness secured by a Lien upon any property or assets (including Capital Stock) of the
Company, or any of its Subsidiaries or upon any shares of stock or Indebtedness of any of its
Subsidiaries (whether such property, assets, shares of stock or Indebtedness are now existing or
owed or hereafter created or acquired) without in any such case effectively providing, concurrently
with the incurrence of any such secured Indebtedness, or the grant of a Lien with respect to any
such Indebtedness to be so secured, that the Notes or, in respect of Liens on the property or
assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor (together with, if
the Company shall so determine, any other Indebtedness of or guarantee by the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries ranking equally in right of payment
with the Notes or the Guarantee) shall be secured equally and ratably with (or, at the Companys
option, prior to) such Indebtedness to be so secured;
provided
, however, that the foregoing
restrictions shall not apply to:
27
(1) Liens on property, shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Person existing at the time
such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
provided
that
such Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary;
(2) Liens on property, shares of stock or Indebtedness existing at the time of acquisition
thereof by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (which may include
property previously leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and leasehold interests on
such property,
provided
that the lease terminates prior to or upon the acquisition) or
Liens on property, shares of stock or Indebtedness to secure the payment of all or any part of the
purchase price thereof, or Liens on property, shares of stock or Indebtedness to secure any
Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 18 months after, the
latest of the acquisition thereof, or, in the case of property, the completion of construction, the
completion of improvements or the commencement of substantial commercial operation of such property
for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price thereof, such construction or
the making of such improvements;
(3) Liens securing Indebtedness of any of the Companys Subsidiaries or of the Company owing
to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(4) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(5) Liens on property or assets of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into
or consolidated with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary of the Company or at the time of a sale, lease or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of a Person to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries;
provided
that such Lien was not incurred in anticipation of such merger,
consolidation, or sale, lease or other disposition or other transaction;
(6) Liens created in connection with a project financed with, and created to secure, a
Nonrecourse Obligation;
(7) Liens securing all of the Notes or the Guarantees; or
(8) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or
replacements), in whole or in part, of any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (1) to (7),
inclusive, without increase of the principal of the Indebtedness secured thereby;
provided
,
however, that any Liens permitted by any of the foregoing clauses (1) to (7), inclusive, shall not
extend to or cover any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be,
other than the property specified in such clauses and improvements thereto.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.2, the Company and its
Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness secured by Liens which would otherwise be subject to the
foregoing restrictions without equally and ratably securing the Notes, or in respect of Liens on
any Subsidiary Guarantors property or assets, the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor;
provided
that after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness so
secured by Liens (not including Liens permitted under clauses (1) through (8) above), together with
all Attributable Debt outstanding pursuant to Section 4.3(b) does not at the time exceed 10% of the
Consolidated Net Assets of the Company.
28
SECTION 4.3.
Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
.
(a) The Company shall not directly or indirectly, and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries directly or indirectly to, enter into any sale and lease-back transaction for the sale
and leasing back of any property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, unless:
(1) such transaction was entered into prior to the Issue Date;
(2) such transaction was for the sale and leasing back to the Company of any property
by one of the Companys Subsidiaries;
(3) such transaction involves a lease for not more than three years (or which may be
terminated by the Company or such Subsidiary within a period of not more than three years);
(4) the Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Indebtedness secured by
a Lien with respect to such sale and lease-back transaction without equally and ratably
securing the notes pursuant to clauses (1) through (8) of Section 4.2(a); or
(5) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company applies an amount equal to the net
proceeds from the sale of such property to the purchase of other property or assets used or
useful in the business of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or to the retirement of
long-term Indebtedness within 270 days before or after the effective date of any such sale
and lease-back transaction;
provided
that, in lieu of applying such amount to the
retirement of long-term indebtedness, the Company may deliver notes to the Trustee for
cancellation, such notes to be credited at the cost thereof to the Company.
(b) Notwithstanding the restrictions set forth in Section 4.3(a), the Company and its
Subsidiaries may enter into any sale and lease-back transaction which would otherwise be subject to
the foregoing restrictions, if after giving effect thereto the aggregate amount of all Attributable
Debt outstanding with respect to such transactions, together with all indebtedness outstanding
pursuant to Section 4.2(b), does not at the time exceed 10% of the Consolidated Net Assets of the
Company.
SECTION 4.4.
Compliance Certificate
. The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of
the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers Certificate signed by its principal
executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer which shall comply
with the provisions of Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act, stating whether or not to the
knowledge of the signers thereof any Default in the performance and observance of any of the terms,
provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement
of notice provided hereunder) occurred during the previous fiscal year, specifying all such
Defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.
SECTION 4.5.
Maintenance of Office or Agency
. The Company shall maintain the office or agency required under Section 2.3. The Company
shall give prior written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of
such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office
or agency or shall fail to furnish
the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in
Section 11.2.
SECTION 4.6.
Existence
. Except as otherwise permitted by Article V, the Company shall do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a corporation or
other Person.
SECTION 4.7.
SEC Reports
. The Company shall comply with all the applicable provisions of Section 314(a) of the Trust
Indenture Act. Delivery of such information, documents or reports to the Trustee pursuant to such
provisions is for informational purposes only, and the Trustees receipt thereof shall not
constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from
information contained therein, including the Companys compliance with any of the covenants
hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on the Officers Certificate).
ARTICLE V
Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
SECTION 5.1.
When the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor May Merge or Transfer
Assets.
Neither of the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor will consolidate with or sell, lease or
convey all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, or merge with or into, in one
transaction or a series of related transactions, any other Person, unless:
(i) the Company, or in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company or such Subsidiary
Guarantor, shall be the continuing entity, or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the
Successor
) shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States
of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor (if not the Company or
such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture,
executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of
the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, under the Notes, this Indenture and
any Guarantee, as applicable (provided that such Successor shall not be required to assume the
obligations of any such Subsidiary Guarantor if such Successor would not, after giving effect to
such transaction, be required to guarantee the Notes under the provisions of Article X);
(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing;
(iii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental
indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture (except that such Opinion of Counsel need not opine
as to clause (ii) above) and that such supplemental indenture constitutes the legal valid and
binding obligation of the Successor subject to customary exceptions.
SECTION 5.2.
Successor Corporation Substituted
. The Successor will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and
power of, the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture. The Company or such
Subsidiary Guarantor shall be
30
relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Notes, the
Guarantees, if any, and the Indenture to the extent the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor was
the predecessor Person,
provided
, that in the case of a lease of all or substantially all
of the Companys assets, the Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal
of and interest on the Notes. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the restrictions
contained in this Article V shall cease to apply to any Subsidiary Guarantor immediately upon any
merger, consolidation of such Subsidiary Guarantor into the Company or any other Subsidiary
Guarantor in accordance with this Article V or upon any other termination of the Guarantees of that
Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture.
ARTICLE VI
Defaults and Remedies
SECTION 6.1.
Events of Default
. An
Event of Default
occurs with respect to the Notes if:
(1) A default in any payment of interest (including Additional Interest) on any Note
when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;
(2) A default in the payment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due
and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption or otherwise;
(3) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor fails to comply with any of its
agreements in the Notes or this Indenture (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above)
and such failure continues for 90 days after the notice specified below;
(4) A failure to make any payment at maturity, including any applicable grace period,
in respect of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries) in an amount in excess of $35,000,000 or the equivalent thereof in any other
currency or composite currency and such failure shall have continued for 30 days after the
notice specified below;
provided
,
however
, that if any such failure shall
cease, or be cured, waived, rescinded or annulled, then the Event of Default by reason
thereof shall be deemed likewise to have been cured;
(5) a default with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries owing to
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), which default results in the acceleration of such
Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $35,000,000 or the equivalent thereof in any other
currency or composite currency without such Indebtedness having been discharged or such
acceleration having been cured, waived, rescinded or annulled for a period of 30 days after
written notice specified below;
provided
,
however
, that if any such default
or acceleration shall be cured, waived, rescinded or annulled then the Event of Default by
reason thereof shall be deemed likewise to have been cured;
31
(6) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to or within the meaning of any
Bankruptcy Law:
(A) commences a voluntary case;
(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an
involuntary case in which it is the debtor;
(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any
substantial part of its property; or
(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to
insolvency;
(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:
(A) is for relief against the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in
an involuntary case;
(B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or for any substantial part
of the property of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; or
(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor;
(or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws) and the order, decree or
relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or
(8) the Guarantees of any Subsidiary Guarantors ceases to be in full force and effect
during its term or such Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations
under the terms of this Indenture or its Guarantee, in each case, other than any such
cessation, denial or disaffirmation in connection with the termination of such Guarantee
pursuant to the provisions of Article X.
The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of
Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant
to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body.
The term
Bankruptcy Law
means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal
or state law for the relief of debtors. The term
Custodian
means any receiver, trustee,
assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
If any failure, default or acceleration referred to in clauses (4) or (5) above shall cease or
be cured, waived, rescinded or annulled, then the Event of Default hereunder by reason thereof
shall be deemed likewise to have been thereupon cured.
32
A Default with respect to Notes under clauses (3), (4) or (5) of this Section 6.1 is not an
Event of Default until the Trustee (by notice to the Company) or the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (by notice to the Company and the Trustee)
gives notice of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in
said clause (3), (4) or (5) after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default,
demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a
Notice of Default
.
The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written
notice in the form of an Officers Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice or the
lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (3), (4) or (5) of this Section 6.1,
its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
SECTION 6.2.
Acceleration
. If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes (other than an Event of Default specified
in Section 6.1(6) or (7) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by
notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of
such Holders, shall, declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to
be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest shall
be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(6) or (7) with
respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest
on all the Notes shall
ipso facto
become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration
or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and
its consequences if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of
principal or interest that has become due solely because of such acceleration. No such rescission
shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
SECTION 6.3.
Other Remedies
. If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to
enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive
of any other remedy. All available remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative.
SECTION 6.4.
Waiver of Past Defaults
. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by
notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, waive any past or existing
Default and its consequences except (1) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on
a Note or (2) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without
the consent of each Noteholder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, and any
Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this
Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any
consequent right.
33
SECTION 6.5.
Control by Majority
. Upon provision of security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee with respect to the
Notes or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee, which
may conclusively rely on opinions of counsel, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts
with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of
other Noteholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability;
provided
,
however
, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is
not inconsistent with such direction.
SECTION 6.6.
Limitation on Suits
. A Holder of Notes may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes
unless:
(i) An Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Holder gives to
the Trustee prior written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;
(ii) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it
against any costs, liabilities or expenses in compliance with such request;
(iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the
request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
(v) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such
60-day period.
A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to
obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder (it being understood that the Trustee shall
not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly
prejudicial to such Noteholders).
SECTION 6.7.
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective
due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or
after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 6.8.
Collection Suit by Trustee
. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company
for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the
extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7.
SECTION 6.9.
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary
or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses,
34
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to an Company, its creditors or any other
obligor upon the Notes, or any of their creditors or the property of the Company or such other
obligor or their creditors and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on
behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar
functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to
make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such
payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and
any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.
SECTION 6.10.
Priorities
. Any money or other property collected by the Trustee pursuant to Article VI hereof, or any
money or other property otherwise distributable in respect of the Companys obligations under this
Indenture, shall be applied in the following order:
FIRST: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee) for amounts due under
Section 7.7;
SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and
interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due
and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and
THIRD: to the Company.
The Trustee may, upon prior written notice to the Company, fix a record date and payment date
for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record
date, the Company shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record
date, the payment date and amount to be paid.
SECTION 6.11.
Undertaking for Costs
. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may
require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the
suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys
fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good
faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a
suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than
10% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
SECTION 6.12.
Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
. The Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension
law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede
the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution
of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
35
ARTICLE VII
Trustee
SECTION 7.1.
Duties of Trustee
. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the
rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
Persons own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be
read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as
to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
Officers Certificates and Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to
the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such Officers Certificates
and Opinions of Counsel which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be
furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such Officers Certificates and Opinions
of Counsel to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
(c) The Trustee may n#ot be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i) this subsection does not limit the effect of subsections (b) or (f) of this
Section 7.1;
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by
a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts; and
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5.
(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to
subsections (a), (b), (c) and (f) of this Section 7.1.
(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money or other property received by
it or for holding moneys or other property uninvested, in either case, except as otherwise agreed
between the Company and the Trustee. Money and other property held in trust by the Trustee shall,
until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were
received, but need not be segregated from other money or property except to the extent required by
law.
(f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of
its duties
hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to
believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it.
(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of
or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and
to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, where applicable.
SECTION 7.2.
Rights of Trustee
. (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in acting or refraining
from acting in reliance on, any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the
document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel, or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers or perform any duties hereunder
either directly through attorneys and agents, respectively, and shall not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers to exist or omits to
take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers;
provided
,
however
, that the Trustees conduct does not constitute willful
misconduct, bad faith or negligence.
(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of
counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and
complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or
suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested
in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this
Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory
to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with
such request or direction.
(g) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with
respect to the Notes unless either (1) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default
or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given
to a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office by the Company or any other obligor
on the Notes or by any Holder of the Notes. Any such notice shall reference this Indenture and the
Notes.
(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee
pursuant to this Indenture, including its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be
enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities as Registrar and Paying Agent, as the case
may be, hereunder.
37
(i) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated
in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction,
consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document,
but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further reasonable inquiry or reasonable
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to
make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice and at
reasonable times, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent
or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of
any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
(j) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate, substantially in the form
of Exhibit E hereto, setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at
such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.
(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or
consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit)
irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and
regardless of the form of action.
SECTION 7.3.
Individual Rights of Trustee
. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights.
However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
SECTION 7.4.
Trustees Disclaimer
. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Companys use of the
proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this
Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other
than the Trustees certificate of authentication.
SECTION 7.5.
Notice of Defaults
. If a Default or an Event of Default occurs with respect to the Notes and is continuing and
if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the
Default within 90 days after it is known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by
a Trust Officer of the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of or
interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its
Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is not opposed to the interests
of Noteholders.
SECTION 7.6.
Reports by Trustee to Holders
. As promptly as practicable after each January 15 beginning with the January 15 following
the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to March 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail
to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such January 15 that complies with Section 313(a) of
the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee also shall comply with Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture
Act. The Trustee shall promptly deliver to the Company a copy of any report it delivers to Holders
pursuant to this Section 7.6.
38
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed by the Trustee
with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to
notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and
of any delisting thereof.
SECTION 7.7.
Compensation and Indemnity
. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Company, jointly and severally, covenants and
agrees to pay to the Trustee (and any predecessor Trustee) from time to time such reasonable
compensation for its services as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in
writing. The Trustees compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee
of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys fees and expenses), disbursements and advances
incurred or made by it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including costs of
collection, in addition to such compensation for its services, except any such expense,
disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence, willful
misconduct or bad faith. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustees agents and counsel. The Trustee shall provide the
Company reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business. The Company
shall indemnify each of the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and any predecessor
Trustees against any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense (including reasonable
attorneys fees and expenses) (other than taxes applicable to the Trustees compensation hereunder)
incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the
performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim of
which a Trust Officer has received written notice and for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by
the Trustee so to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder,
except to the extent that the Company has been prejudiced by such failure. The Company shall
defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate, to the extent reasonable, in the defense of any
such claim, and, if (in the opinion of counsel to the Trustee) the facts and/or issues surrounding
the claim are reasonably likely to create a conflict with the Company, the Company shall pay the
reasonable fees and expenses of separate counsel to the Trustee. The Company need not reimburse
any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the
Trustees own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. The Company need not pay for any
settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
To secure the Companys payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee (including any
predecessor trustee) shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or
collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and
interest on particular Notes.
The Companys payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the satisfaction,
discharge and termination of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and any
discharge of this Indenture including any discharge under any bankruptcy law. In addition to and
without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the provisions of this
Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default
specified in Section 6.1(6) or (7) with respect to the Company, the expenses and the compensation
for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.
39
SECTION 7.8.
Replacement of Trustee
. The Trustee may resign at any time upon 30 days written notice to the Company. The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, may remove the Trustee
upon 30 days written notice to the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee, which successor
Trustee shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:
(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;
or
(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if
a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred
to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company and the Company shall pay all amounts due and owing to the Trustee under
Section 7.7 of the Indenture. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall
become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the
Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to
Noteholders affected by such resignation or removal. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer
all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in
Section 7.7.
If a successor Trustee does not take office with respect to the Notes within 30 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal
amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction
for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Noteholder may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Companys
obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.9.
Successor Trustee by Merger
. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking
association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be
the successor Trustee;
provided
that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and
eligible under this Article VII and Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, without the
execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto.
40
In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the
Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been
authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of
authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at
that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may
authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the
successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which
it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall
have.
SECTION 7.10.
Eligibility; Disqualification
. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the Trust
Indenture Act. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as
set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with
Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act;
provided
,
however
, that there shall be
excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act and any indenture or
indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other
securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in
Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act are met.
Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission the application
referred to in the second to last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
SECTION 7.11.
Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any
creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has
resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the
extent indicated.
ARTICLE VIII
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
SECTION 8.1.
Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance
. With respect to the Notes, (a) when (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding
Notes that have not already been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (ii)(A) all
outstanding Notes have become due and payable, whether at maturity, as a result of repayment at the
option of the Holders or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption pursuant to Article
III hereof or (B) the Notes shall become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year,
or the Notes are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the
Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of
the Company, and, in each case of this clause (ii), the Company irrevocably deposits or causes to
be deposited with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all
outstanding Notes, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date, and if in the
case of either clause (i) or (ii) the Company pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Company,
then this Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.1(c), cease to be of further effect. The Trustee
shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied
by an Officers Certificate from the Company and an Opinion of Counsel from the Company that all
conditions precedent provided herein for relating to
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture
have been complied with and at the cost and expense of the Company.
(b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all of its
obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (
legal defeasance option
) or (ii) its
obligations under Section 4.2 and Section 4.3 and the operation of Sections 6.1(3), 6.1(4) and
6.1(5) (
covenant defeasance option
). The Company may exercise its legal defeasance
option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option.
If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the
Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant
defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default
specified in Sections 6.1(3), 6.1(4) or 6.1(5).
Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the
Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company
terminates.
(c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Companys obligations in Sections 2.3,
2.4, 2.5, 2.9, 4.1, 4.5, 7.7, 7.8, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in
full. Thereafter, the Companys and the Trustees obligations in Sections 7.7, 8.4 and 8.5 shall
survive such satisfaction and discharge.
SECTION 8.2.
Conditions to Defeasance
. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with
respect to the Notes only if:
(i) the Company irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited in trust with the
Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of
principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms shall provide cash
at such times and in such amounts as shall be sufficient to pay principal and interest when
due on all outstanding Notes (except Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.9) to maturity or
redemption, as the case may be;
(ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized
firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and
interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus
any deposited money without investment shall provide cash at such times and in such amounts
as shall be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all outstanding Notes to
maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
(iii) 91 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 91-day period no Default
specified in Section 6.1(6) or (7) occurs which is continuing at the end of the period;
(iv) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating
that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering,
delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantors;
42
(v) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there
has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this
Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case
to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the
Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a
result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
deposit and defeasance had not occurred;
(vi) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered
to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Noteholders will not recognize
income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and
defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not
occurred; and
(vii) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the
Notes as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with.
Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for
the redemption of Notes at a future date in accordance with Article III.
SECTION 8.3.
Application of Trust Money
. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it
pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S.
Government Obligations either directly or through the Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine and
in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes.
SECTION 8.4.
Repayment to the Company
. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any
excess money or securities held by them at any time.
Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay
to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest
that remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of such principal and interest, and,
thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general
creditors.
Any unclaimed funds held by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be held uninvested
and without any liability for interest.
SECTION 8.5.
Indemnity for Government Obligations
. The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge
imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest
received on such U.S. Government Obligations other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by
law is for the account of the Holders of the defeased Notes;
provided
that the Trustee
shall be entitled to charge any such tax, fee or other charge to such Holders account.
43
SECTION 8.6.
Reinstatement
. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations
in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting
such application, the Companys obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and
reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the
Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in
accordance with this Article VIII;
provided
,
however
, that (a) if the Company has
made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes following the reinstatement of its
obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive
such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent and
(b) unless otherwise required by any legal proceeding or any order or judgment of any court or
governmental authority, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall return all such money and U.S. Government
Obligations to the Company promptly after receiving a written request therefor at any time, if such
reinstatement of the Companys obligations has occurred and continues to be in effect.
ARTICLE IX
Amendments
SECTION 9.1.
Without Consent of Holders
. The Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or
consent of any Noteholder:
(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;
(ii) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor and the assumption by any such Person of the obligations of the Company or such
Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case, in accordance with the provisions of Article V;
(iii) to add any additional Events of Default;
(iv) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor for the
benefit of the Holders of all the Notes or to surrender any right or power herein conferred
upon the Company;
(v) to add one or more guarantees for the benefit of Holders of the Notes;
(vi) to evidence the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its Guarantee of the
Notes in accordance with Article X;
(vii) add collateral security with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee;
(viii) to add or appoint a successor or separate Trustee or other agent;
(ix) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which shall have terms
substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes (except that the
transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes shall be modified or eliminated, as
44
appropriate, and there will be no registration rights), and which will be treated, together
with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities;
(x) to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes;
(xi) to comply with any requirements in connection with qualifying this Indenture
under the Trust Indenture Act;
(xii) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository;
(xiii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes;
provided
,
however
, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in
registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the
uncertificated Notes are as described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; and
(xiv) to change any other provision if the change does not adversely affect the
interests of any Noteholder.
After an amendment under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to
Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all
Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under
this Section 9.1.
SECTION 9.2.
With Consent of Holders
. The Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any
Noteholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount
of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange for Notes). However, without the consent of each Noteholder affected, an amendment may
not:
(i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or installment of interest on,
any Note;
(ii) reduce the principal amount of, or the rate of interest on, any Notes;
(iii) reduce any premium, if any, payable on the redemption of any Note or change the
date on which any Note may or must be redeemed or repaid;
(iv) change the coin or currency in which the principal of or interest on any Note is
payable;
(v) release the Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor except as provided under
Article X, or make any changes to such Guarantee in a manner adverse to the Holders;
(vi) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any
payment on or after the Stated Maturity of any Note;
(vii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent
of whose Holders is required in order to take certain actions;
45
(viii) reduce the requirements for quorum or voting by Holders in this Indenture or
the Notes;
(ix) modify any of the provisions of this Indenture regarding the waiver of past
defaults and the waiver of certain covenants by Holders except to increase any percentage
vote required or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be
modified or waived without the consent of the holder of each Note affected thereby; or
(x) modify any of the above provisions of this Section 9.2.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the
substance thereof.
After an amendment under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to
Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all
Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under
this Section 9.2.
SECTION 9.3.
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
. Every amendment to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as
then in effect.
SECTION 9.4.
Effect of Consents and Waivers
. A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the
Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt
as the consenting Holders Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note.
After an amendment or waiver becomes effective with respect to the Notes, it shall bind every
Noteholder.
The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Noteholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above
or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then
notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such
record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give
such consent or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after
such record date.
SECTION 9.5.
Notation on or Exchange of Notes
. If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note
to deliver it to the Trustee. The Company shall provide in writing to the Trustee an appropriate
notation to be placed on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder.
Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determine, the Company in exchange for the Note
shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure
to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such
amendment.
SECTION 9.6.
Trustee To Sign Amendments
. The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the
amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall
receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall
be fully protected in conclusively relying
upon, in addition to the documents required by Section
11.4, an Officers Certificate of the Company and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment
complies with the provisions of this Article IX and that such supplemental indenture constitutes
the legal valid and binding obligation of the Company in accordance with its terms subject to
customary exceptions.
Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX, this Indenture shall
be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental Indenture shall form a part of this
Indenture for all purposes; and every Noteholder theretofore or thereafter authenticated and
delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
ARTICLE X
Guarantees
SECTION 10.1.
Guarantees
. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby fully unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees,
as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to each Holder of the Notes and to the Trustee the
full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or
otherwise, of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Notes and all
other obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes (the
Obligations
) to
the Trustee and to the Holders. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further agrees (to the extent
permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without
notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X
notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.
Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest
to the Company of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each of
the Subsidiary Guarantors waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Obligations. The
obligations of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure
of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company
or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any
extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any
of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of
any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; or (e) any
change in the ownership of the Company.
Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further agrees that the Guarantee herein constitutes a
guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require
that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Obligations.
The obligations of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder shall not be subject to any
reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the
Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise,
and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination
whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or
otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each of the
Subsidiary Guarantors herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the
failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture,
the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any
thereof, by any default,
failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act
or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to
any extent vary the risk of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors or would otherwise operate as a
discharge of the Subsidiary Guarantors as a matter of law or equity.
Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further agrees that the Guarantee herein shall continue to
be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of
principal of or interest, if any, on any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be
restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.
In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has
at law or in equity against any of the Subsidiary Guarantors by virtue hereof, upon the failure of
the Company to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at
maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby
promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be
paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such
Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations then due
and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law).
Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further agrees that, as between itself, on the one hand, and
the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be
accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding
any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such
Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and
payable by such Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.
Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses
(including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any
rights under this Section 10.1.
SECTION 10.2.
No Subrogation
. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, none of
the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or
any Holder against the Company or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by
the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any of the Subsidiary
Guarantors seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company or any
other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder,
until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders, as well as the holders of any other
Permitted Indebtedness, by the Company on account of the Obligations are paid in full. If any
amount shall be paid to any of the Subsidiary Guarantors on account of such subrogation rights at
any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by
such Subsidiary Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of
such Subsidiary Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Subsidiary Guarantor, be
turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Subsidiary Guarantor (duly indorsed
by such Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations.
48
SECTION 10.3.
Consideration
. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors has received, or shall receive, direct or indirect benefits
from the making of the Guarantee.
SECTION 10.4.
Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability
. Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that
it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor not
constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform
Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law
to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the
Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each
Subsidiary Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such
maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are
relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive
contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of
the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article X, result in the obligations of such
Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent
transfer under applicable law. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee
shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a
contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary
Guarantors pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the
Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
SECTION 10.5.
Execution and Delivery
. To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby
agrees that this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture, as the case may be) shall be executed on
behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor by one of its Officers, managers, its trustee, its managing
member or its general partner, as the case may be.
Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof
shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any
notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.
If an Officer, manager, trustee, managing member or general partner of a Subsidiary Guarantor
whose signature is on this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture, as the case may be) no longer
holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid
nevertheless.
The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall
constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary
Guarantors.
SECTION 10.6.
Release of Subsidiary Guarantors
. A Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically released from all its obligations under the
Notes, this Indenture and its Guarantee, and its Guarantee will automatically terminate (1) upon
the termination for any reason of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor as a guarantor or
borrower under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of the
Credit Agreement, upon agreement of the requisite lenders under the Credit Agreement or upon the
termination of the Credit Agreement or upon the replacement thereof with a credit facility not
providing for
such Subsidiary Guarantor to be a guarantor or a borrower thereunder), (2) upon the
exercise of the legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option pursuant to Section
8.1(b), or upon satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant Section 8.1(a) and (3) upon
the consummation of any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary
Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) or other transaction such that after giving
effect to such sale, disposition or other transaction such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a
Domestic Subsidiary of the Company. Upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall evidence such
release by a supplemental indenture or other instrument which may be executed by the Trustee
without the consent of any Holder.
SECTION 10.7.
Future Subsidiary Guarantors
. After the Issue Date, the Company shall cause any Domestic Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary
Guarantor and that becomes a guarantor or a borrower under the Credit Agreement to execute and
deliver to the Trustee within 60 days of becoming a guarantor or borrower under the Credit
Agreement, a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Domestic Subsidiary shall become a
Subsidiary Guarantor and shall provide a Guarantee of the Obligations.
ARTICLE XI
Miscellaneous
SECTION 11.1.
Trust Indenture Act Controls
. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed
by, or with another provision included or which is required to be included in this Indenture by the
Trust Indenture Act, the duty or provision required by the Trust Indenture Act shall control.
SECTION 11.2.
Notices
. Any notice or communication shall be in writing (including facsimile) and delivered in
person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
if to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor:
Expedia, Inc.
3150 139th Avenue SE
Bellevue, WA 98005
Facsimile Number: (425) 679-3163
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
if to the Trustee:
The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.
700 South Flower Street, Suite 500
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Facsimile Number: (213) 630-6298
Attention: Debt Processing Group
Any notices between the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may be by facsimile
or certified first class mail, receipt confirmed and the original to follow by guaranteed overnight
courier. The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee by notice to the others may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. The Trustee
agrees to accept and act upon facsimile transmission of written instructions and/or directions
pursuant to this Indenture given by the Company,
provided
,
however
that: (1) the
Company, subsequent to such facsimile transmission of written instructions and/or directions, shall
provide the originally executed instructions and/or directions to the Trustee in a timely manner
and (2) such originally executed instructions and/or directions shall be signed by an Authorized
Office of the Company.
Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder at the
Noteholders address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be
sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect
its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the
manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
SECTION 11.3.
Communication by Holders with other Holders
. Noteholders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with
other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the
Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the Trust
Indenture Act.
SECTION 11.4.
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from
taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:
(i) an Officers Certificate of the Company in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any,
provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
(ii) an Opinion of Counsel of the Company in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have
been complied with.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Opinion of Counsel shall be given with respect to the
authentication and delivery of any Initial Notes.
SECTION 11.5.
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
. The certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided
for in this Indenture shall include:
(i) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition;
(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
51
(iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such
covenant or condition has been complied with.
SECTION 11.6.
When Notes Disregarded
. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred
in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company
(an
Affiliate
) shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for
the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in conclusively relying on any
such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows
are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at
the time shall be considered in any such determination.
SECTION 11.7.
Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Noteholders. The
Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
SECTION 11.8.
Governing Law
.
This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of New York.
SECTION 11.9.
No Recourse Against Others
. A director, officer, employee or stockholder (other than the Company), as such, of the
Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this
Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of or by
reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and
release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the
issue of the Notes.
SECTION 11.10.
Successors
. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors and
assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
SECTION 11.11.
Multiple Originals
. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to
prove this Indenture.
SECTION 11.12.
Variable Provisions
. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar and custodian with
respect to any Global Notes (as defined in the Appendix hereto).
SECTION 11.13.
Qualification of Indenture
. The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs
and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders)
incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of
qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The
Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers Certificates, Opinions of
Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such
qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
52
SECTION 11.14.
Table of Contents; Headings
. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of
this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be
considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
SECTION 11.15.
Limitation of Liability for Massachusetts Business Trust
. The Agreement and Declaration of Trust of TripAdvisor Business Trust (the Trust), one of
the Subsidiary Guarantors, is on file with the Secretary to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
This Indenture is executed on behalf of the Trust by the Trusts trustee or officers, as
applicable, as trustee or as officers and not individually and the obligations imposed upon the
Trust by this Indenture are not binding upon any of the Trusts trustees, officers or shareholders
individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Trust.
SECTION 11.16.
Waiver of Jury Trial
. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES,
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY.
SECTION 11.17.
Force Majeure
. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly,
forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts
of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of
God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and
hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are
consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as
practicable under the circumstances.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXPEDIA, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
EXPEDIA, INC. (WA)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Dara Khosrowshahi
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Dara Khosrowshahi
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Chief Executive Officer & President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TRAVELSCAPE, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
HOTELS.COM
|
|
|
|
|
HOTWIRE, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
TRIPADVISOR, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
INTERACTIVE AFFILIATE NETWORK, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
|
HOTELS.COM GP, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
OWL HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
CLASSIC VACATIONS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Michael B. Adler
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Michael B. Adler
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HRN 99 HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Amy Weaver
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Amy Weaver
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Manager
|
|
|
[Expedia Inc. Indenture]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IAN.COM, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
HOTELS.COM, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: HOTELS.COM GP, LLC,
|
|
|
|
|
its general partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Michael B. Adler
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Michael B. Adler
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TRIPADVISOR BUSINESS TRUST
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Stephen Kaufer
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Stephen Kaufer
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Trustee, President and Chief Executive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Officer, and not individually
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
/s/ Melonee Young
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Melonee Young
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Vice President
|
|
|
[Expedia Inc. Indenture]
EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]
EXPEDIA, INC.
7.456% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Principal Amount $
|
|
|
(subject to adjustment as reflected in the
|
|
|
Schedule of Increases and Decreases
|
|
|
in Global Note attached hereto)
|
CUSIP NO. [30212PAA3]
[U3010DAA8]
ISIN NO. [US30212PAA30]
[US3010DAA82]
Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to
,
or registered assigns, the principal sum of
Dollars (subject to adjustment as
reflected in the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto) on August 15,
2018.
Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on [February 15,
2007] [first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes].
Record Dates: February 1 and August 1 of each year.
Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.
A-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EXPEDIA, INC. has caused this Note to be duly executed.
Dated:
, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXPEDIA, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
TRUSTEES CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Trustee
By
Authorized Signatory
Dated:
, 2006
A-2
[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE]
[Reverse of Note]
7.456% Senior Notes due 2018
1.
Interest
Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns under the
Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the
Company
), promises to pay
interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 7.456% per annum;
provided
,
however
, that, upon the occurrence or failure to occur of certain events specified in the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement, pay additional interest on the principal amount of this Note at
a rate of 0.25% per annum after such event occurs or fails to occur so long as such event continues
or fails to occur, as the case may be. Such additional interest shall be payable in addition to
any other interest payable from time to time with respect to this Note.
The Company shall pay interest semiannually on February 15 and August 15 of each year (each
such date, an
Interest Payment Date
), commencing on [February 15, 2007] [first interest
payment date relating to any Additional Notes]. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from [August
21, 2006] [date of issuance of any Additional Notes], or from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid on the Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months.
2.
Method of Payment
By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of or
interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or
the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal and/or interest. The Company shall pay
interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the
close of business on the February 1 or August 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date
even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the
Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal
payments. The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the
time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of
Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be
made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository
Trust Company. The Company may make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including
principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each
Holder thereof or by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the
payee.
3.
Paying Agent and Registrar
The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association (the
Trustee
), shall initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company or any of its
domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.
A-3
4.
Indenture
The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 21, 2006 (as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the
Indenture
), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of
the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference
to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15
U.S.C.
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of
the Indenture (the
Trust Indenture Act
). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined
herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such
terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of
those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the
Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Note is one of the Initial
Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date,
any Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Indenture and any Exchange Notes
issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the
Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes are
treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain
limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to create liens, enter into sale and
lease-back transactions and enter into mergers and consolidations.
The Notes are guaranteed to the extent provided in the Indenture.
5.
Repayment at Option of Holder
This Note is subject to repayment in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 on
August 15, 2013 (the
Repayment Date
) at the option of the Holder hereof at a price equal
to 100% of the principal amount hereof to be repaid, together with interest hereon accrued to the
Repayment Date, all as provided in the Indenture. To be repaid at the option of the Holder, this
Note, with the Option to Elect Repayment form duly completed by the Holder hereof, must be
received by the Company at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or at such other address of
which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holder hereof) not earlier than June 1, 2013
nor later than June 30, 2013;
provided
,
however
, that if June 30, 2013 is not a
Business Day, this Note, with said Option to Elect Repayment form attached hereto duly completed
may be received at the aforementioned address on the next succeeding Business Day. Exercise of
such option by the Holder of this Note shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Company. If less
than the entire principal amount of this Note is to be repaid, the principal amount of this Note to
be repaid, in increments of $1,000, and the denomination or denominations of the Note or Notes to
be issued to the Holder hereof for the portion of the principal amount of this Note that is not to
be repaid must be specified. The principal amount of this Note may not be repaid in part at the
option of the Holder if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Note would
be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Notes under the Indenture. No transfer or
exchange of this security (or in the event this Note is to be repaid in part, such portion of this
Note to be repaid) will be permitted after exercise of the repayment option. All questions as to
the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of this Note for repayment
will be determined by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding. Upon surrender
and cancellation of this Note to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder hereof,
A-4
without service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any
authorized denomination specified by the Holder hereof, in an aggregate principal amount equal to
and in exchange for the portion of the principal of this Note which is not to be repaid.
In the event that Holders of the Notes elect to exercise the repayment option with respect to
95% or more of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes outstanding on July 2, 2013, the
Company may at its option redeem all, but not less than all, of such Notes remaining outstanding,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice by mail, at any time on or after August
16, 2013, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with interest thereon
accrued to the redemption date, but interest installments which are due on or prior to such
redemption date will be payable to the Holder of record at the close of business on the relevant
record date referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture. On such redemption
date, this Note shall become due and payable and from and after such date (unless the Company shall
default in the payment of the redemption price therefor) this Note shall cease to bear interest.
6.
Optional Redemption
The Notes shall be redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the
option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal
amount of such Notes and (ii) the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments
thereon (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date
on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury
Rate plus 37.5 basis points (the
Make-Whole Amount
), plus accrued interest thereon to the
redemption date.
Comparable Treasury Issue
means the United States Treasury security selected by an
Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the
remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in
accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of
comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.
Comparable Treasury Price
means (1) the arithmetic average of the Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations for the redemption date after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four Reference Treasury Dealer
Quotations, the arithmetic average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption
date.
Independent Investment Banker
means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Lehman Brothers
Inc., or their respective successors as may be appointed from time to time by the Company;
provided
,
however
, that if any of the foregoing ceases to be a Primary Treasury
Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.
Reference Treasury Dealer
means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. or
two other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Company, and each of their respective successors
and any other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.
A-5
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations
means, with respect to each Reference Treasury
Dealer and any redemption date, the arithmetic average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid
and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its
principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer by 3:30 p.m.,
New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.
Treasury Rate
means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal
to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third Business Day immediately
preceding that redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue. In determining this rate, the
Company will assume a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its
principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
Except as set forth above and in Section 5 of the Notes, the Notes shall not be redeemable by
the Company prior to maturity.
The Notes shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
7.
Notice of Redemption
At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Company
shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its
registered address. Notes in denominations of principal amount larger than $2,000 may be redeemed
in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be
redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before 11:00 a.m. (New
York City time) on the redemption date (or, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the Paying
Agent, such money is segregated and held in trust) and certain other conditions are satisfied, on
and after such date interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called
for redemption.
8.
Registration Rights
The Company is party to a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2006, among
the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. and
the other Initial Purchasers named therein, pursuant to which it is obligated to pay Additional
Interest upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the Registration Rights Agreement.
9.
Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
The Notes are in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of
$2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register, transfer or
exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees
required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or
exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part,
the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning
A-6
15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the
date of such mailing.
10.
Persons Deemed Owners
The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
11.
Unclaimed Money
If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the
date of payment of principal and interest, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to
the Company at its request. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only
to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
12.
Defeasance
Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may
terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits
with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of and interest
on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.
13.
Amendment, Waiver
Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may
be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of
the outstanding Notes and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision of the Indenture or
the Notes may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount
of the outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in a connection with a tender offer or
exchange for Notes). However, the Indenture requires the consent of each Noteholder that would be
affected for certain specified amendments or modifications of the Indenture and the Notes. Subject
to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the
Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission,
defect or inconsistency, or to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor and the assumption by any such Person of the obligations of the Company or
such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Article V of the Indenture, or to add any additional
Events of Default, or to add to the covenants of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or
surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, or to add one or more guarantees for the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to evidence the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from
its guarantee of the notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to add collateral security with
respect to the Notes or any Guarantee, or to add or appoint a successor or separate trustee or
other agent, or to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture,
or to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, or to comply with any requirements in
connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or to comply with the rules
of any applicable securities depository, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or
in place of certificated Notes, or to change any other provision if the change does not adversely
affect the interests of any Noteholder.
A-7
14.
Defaults and Remedies
Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) default for 30 days in payment of interest
on the Notes; (ii) default in payment of Principal on the Notes at its stated maturity date, upon
optional redemption or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with any covenant or
agreement in the Indenture or the Notes, subject to notice and lapse of time; (iv) failure to make
any payment at maturity, including any applicable grace period, in respect of Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness of the Company or of any of its
Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) with an aggregate principal amount
then outstanding in excess of $35,000,000, subject to certain conditions; (v) default in respect of
other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness of the
Company or of any of its Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in an amount
in excess of $35,000,000, which results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness, subject to
certain conditions; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor; and (vii) the Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be in full
force an effect during its term or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its
obligations under the Indenture or its Guarantee, other than in connection with the termination of
such Guarantee pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable
immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company are Events of
Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of
such Events of Default.
Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.
The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or
security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may
withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or
Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it in good faith determines that
withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.
15.
Trustee Dealings with the Company
Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in
its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise
deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company and may otherwise deal with the Company
with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
16.
No Recourse Against Others
A director, officer, employee or stockholder (other than the Company), as such, of the Company
shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or
the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
A-8
17.
Authentication
This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an
authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the
other side of this Note.
18.
Abbreviations
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN
COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (joint tenants with rights of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian) and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gift to Minors
Act).
19. [
CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers to be printed on
the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers
in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption
and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.] [For Notes to
be issued with CUSIP or ISIN numbers.]
20.
Governing Law
This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York.
A-9
ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignees name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignees Social Security or Tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Signature Guarantee:
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion
Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.
In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the certificated Notes evidenced by this
certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original
issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or
any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
o
|
|
to the Company; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
o
|
|
for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A
under the Securities Act, to a person it reasonably believes is a
Qualified Institutional Buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act that purchases for its own account or for the account
of a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice is given that the
transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
o
|
|
pursuant to the offers and sales that occur outside the United States
within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
o
|
|
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
o
|
|
pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective
under the Securities Act.
|
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee may refuse to register any of the certificated
Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder
A-10
thereof;
provided
,
however
, that if box (4) is checked, the Trustee may require,
prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other
information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
Signature Guarantee:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature must be guaranteed by a
participant in a recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program or other
signature guarantor program reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee)
|
|
|
|
|
A-11
TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this certificated Note for its
own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it
and any such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the
Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has
requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is
aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigneds foregoing representations in order to
claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Guarantee:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
(Signature must be guaranteed by a
participant in a recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program or other
signature guarantor program reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee)
|
|
|
|
|
A-12
OPTION TO ELECT REPAYMENT
The undersigned hereby irrevocably requests and instructs the Company to repay the within Note
(or the portion thereof specified below), pursuant to its terms, on the Repayment Date, at a price
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with interest thereon accrued to the
Repayment Date, to the undersigned at:
(Please Print or Type Name and Address of the Undersigned.)
For this Option to Elect Repayment to be effective, this Note with this Option to Elect
Repayment duly completed must be received not earlier than June 1, 2013 and not later than June 30,
2013 by the Company at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or at such other address of which
the Company shall from time to time notify the holder hereof); provided, however, that if June 30,
2013 is not a Business Day, this Note with this Option to Elect Repayment form duly completed may
be received at the aforementioned address on the next succeeding Business Day.
If less than the entire principal amount of the within Note is to be repaid, specify the
denominations of the Note to be issued for the unpaid amount ($2,000 or any integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof): $
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
Note: The Signature to this Option to Elect
Repayment must correspond with the name as
written upon the face of the within Note in
every particular without alterations or
as written upon the face of the within Note in
every particular without alterations or
enlargement or any change whatsoever.
|
|
|
|
A-13
[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE
The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Amount of this Global
|
|
|
Signature of authorized
|
|
Date of
|
|
Amount of decrease in Principal
|
|
|
Amount of increase in Principal
|
|
|
Note following such decrease or
|
|
|
signatory of Trustee or
|
|
Exchange
|
|
Amount of this Global Note
|
|
|
Amount of this Global Note
|
|
|
increase
|
|
|
Securities Custodian
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-14
EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
EXPEDIA, INC.
7.456% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Principal Amount $
|
|
|
(subject to adjustment as reflected in the
Schedule of Increases
and Decreases in
Global Note attached hereto)
|
CUSIP NO. 30212PAB1
ISIN NO. US30212PAB13
Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to
,
or registered assigns, the principal sum of
Dollars (subject to adjustment as
reflected in the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto) on August 15,
2018.
Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on [February 15,
2007] [first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes].
Record Dates: February 1 and August 1 of each year.
Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.
B-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EXPEDIA, INC. has caused this Note to be duly executed.
Dated:
, 200___
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXPEDIA, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
TRUSTEES CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as Trustee
By
Authorized Signatory
Dated:
, 200___
B-2
[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
[Reverse of Note]
7.456% Senior Notes due 2018
1.
Interest
Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns under the
Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the
Company
), promises to pay
interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 7.456% per annum.
The Company shall pay interest semiannually on February 15 and August 15 of each year (each
such date, an
Interest Payment Date
), commencing on [February 15, 2007] [first interest
payment date relating to any Additional Notes]. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from [August
21, 2006] [date of issuance of any Additional Notes], or from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid on the Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months.
2.
Method of Payment
By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of or
interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or
the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal and/or interest. The Company shall pay
interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the
close of business on the February 1 or August 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date
even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the
Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal
payments. The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the
time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of
Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be
made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository
Trust Company. The Company may make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including
principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each
Holder thereof or by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the
payee.
3.
Paying Agent and Registrar
The Bank of New York Trust Company N.A., a national banking association (the
Trustee
), shall initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company or any of its
domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.
4.
Indenture
The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 21, 2006 (as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof,
B-3
the
Indenture
), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15
U.S.C.
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on
the date of the Indenture (the
Trust Indenture Act
). Capitalized terms used herein and
not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to
all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a
statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express
provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Note is one of the Exchange
Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date,
any Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Indenture and any Exchange Notes
issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the
Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes are
treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain
limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to create liens, enter into sale and
lease-back transactions and enter into mergers and consolidations.
The Notes are guaranteed to the extent provided in the Indenture.
5.
Repayment at Option of Holder
This Note is subject to repayment in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 on
August 15, 2013 (the Repayment Date) at the option of the Holder hereof at a price equal to 100%
of the principal amount hereof to be repaid, together with interest hereon accrued to the Repayment
Date, all as provided in the Indenture. To be repaid at the option of the Holder, this Note, with
the Option to Elect Repayment form duly completed by the Holder hereof, must be received by the
Company at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or at such other address of which the Company
shall from time to time notify the Holder hereof) not earlier than June 1, 2013 nor later than June
30, 2013;
provided
,
however
, that if June 30, 2013 is not a Business Day, this
Note, with said Option to Elect Repayment form attached hereto duly completed may be received at
the aforementioned address on the next succeeding Business Day. Exercise of such option by the
Holder of this Note shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Company. If less than the entire
principal amount of this Note is to be repaid, the principal amount of this Note to be repaid, in
increments of $1,000, and the denomination or denominations of the Note or Notes to be issued to
the Holder hereof for the portion of the principal amount of this Note that is not to be repaid
must be specified. The principal amount of this Note may not be repaid in part at the option of
the Holder if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Note would be less
than the minimum authorized denomination of Notes under the Indenture. No transfer or exchange of
this security (or in the event this Note is to be repaid in part, such portion of this Note to be
repaid) will be permitted after exercise of the repayment option. All questions as to the
validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of this Note for repayment will be
determined by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding. Upon surrender and
cancellation of this Note to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder hereof, without service charge and at the expense of
the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination specified by the Holder hereof, in
an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of this
Note which is not to be repaid.
B-4
In the event that Holders of the Notes elect to exercise the repayment option with respect to
95% or more of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes outstanding on July 2, 2013, the
Company may at its option redeem all, but not less than all, of such Notes remaining outstanding,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice by mail, at any time on or after August
16, 2013, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with interest thereon
accrued to the redemption date, but interest installments which are due on or prior to such
redemption date will be payable to the Holder of record at the close of business on the relevant
record date referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture. On such redemption
date, this Note shall become due and payable and from and after such date (unless the Company shall
default in the payment of the redemption price therefor) this Note shall cease to bear interest.
6.
Optional Redemption
The Notes shall be redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the
option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal
amount of such Notes and (ii) the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments
thereon (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date
on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury
Rate plus 37.5 basis points (the
Make-Whole Amount
), plus accrued interest thereon to the
redemption date.
Comparable Treasury Issue
means the United States Treasury security selected by an
Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the
remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in
accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of
comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.
Comparable Treasury Price
means (1) the arithmetic average of the Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations for the redemption date after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four Reference Treasury Dealer
Quotations, the arithmetic average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption
date.
Independent Investment Banker
means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or Lehman Brothers
Inc., or their respective successors as may be appointed from time to time by the Company;
provided
,
however
, that if any of the foregoing ceases to be a Primary Treasury
Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.
Reference Treasury Dealer
means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. or
two other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Company, and each of their respective successors
and any other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations
means, with respect to each Reference Treasury
Dealer and any redemption date, the arithmetic average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid
and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its
principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury
B-5
Dealer by 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption
date.
Treasury Rate
means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal
to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third Business Day immediately
preceding that redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue. In determining this rate, the
Company will assume a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its
principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
Except as set forth above and in Section 5 of the Notes, the Notes shall not be redeemable by
the Company prior to maturity.
The Notes shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
7.
Notice of Redemption
At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Company
shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its
registered address. Notes in denominations of principal amount larger than $2,000 may be redeemed
in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be
redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before 11:00 a.m. (New
York City time) on the redemption date (or, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the Paying
Agent, such money is segregated and held in trust) and certain other conditions are satisfied, on
and after such date interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called
for redemption.
8.
Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
The Notes are in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of
$2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register transfer or
exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees
required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or
exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part,
the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a
notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing.
9.
Persons Deemed Owners
The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
10.
Unclaimed Money
If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the
date of payment of principal and interest, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the
B-6
money back to the Company at its request. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the
money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
11.
Defeasance
Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may
terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits
with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of and interest
on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.
12.
Amendment, Waiver
Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may
be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of
the outstanding Notes and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision of the Indenture or
the Notes may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount
of the outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in a connection with a tender offer or
exchange for Notes). However, the Indenture requires the consent of each Noteholder that would be
affected for certain specified amendments or modifications of the Indenture and the Notes. Subject
to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the
Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission,
defect or inconsistency, or to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor and the assumption by any such Person of the obligations of the Company or
such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Article V of the Indenture, or to add any additional
Events of Default, or to add to the covenants of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or
surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, or to add one or more guarantees for the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to evidence the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from
its guarantee of the notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to add collateral security with
respect to the Notes or any Guarantee, or to add or appoint a successor or separate trustee or
other agent, or to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture,
or to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, or to comply with any requirements in
connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or to comply with the rules
of any applicable securities depository, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or
in place of certificated Notes, or to change any other provision if the change does not adversely
affect the interests of any Noteholder.
13.
Defaults and Remedies
Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) default for 30 days in payment of interest
on the Notes; (ii) default in payment of Principal on the Notes at its stated maturity date, upon
optional redemption or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with any covenant or
agreement in the Indenture or the Notes, subject to notice and lapse of time; (iv) failure to make
any payment at maturity, including any applicable grace period, in respect of Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness of the Company or of any of its
Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) with an aggregate principal amount
then outstanding in excess of $35,000,000, subject to certain conditions; (v) default in respect of
other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness of the
Company or of any of its Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in an amount
in excess of $35,000,000, which results in the acceleration of such
B-7
Indebtedness, subject to certain conditions; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency
involving the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; and (vii) the Guarantee of any Subsidiary
Guarantor ceases to be in full force an effect during its term or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies
or disaffirms in writing its obligations under the Indenture or its Guarantee, other than in
connection with the termination of such Guarantee pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable
immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company are Events of
Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of
such Events of Default.
Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.
The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or
security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may
withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or
Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it in good faith determines that
withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.
14.
Trustee Dealings with the Company
Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in
its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise
deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company and may otherwise deal with the Company
with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
15.
No Recourse Against Others
A director, officer, employee or stockholder (other than the Company), as such, of the Company
shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or
the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
16.
Authentication
This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an
authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the
other side of this Note.
17.
Abbreviations
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN
COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (joint tenants with rights of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian) and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gift to Minors
Act).
B-8
18. [
CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers to be printed on
the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers
in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption
and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.] [For Notes to
be issued with CUSIP or ISIN numbers.]
19.
Governing Law
This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York.
B-9
ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignees name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignees Social Security or Tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Signature Guarantee:
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee)
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.
B-10
OPTION TO ELECT REPAYMENT
The undersigned hereby irrevocably requests and instructs the Company to repay the within Note
(or the portion thereof specified below), pursuant to its terms, on the Repayment Date, at a price
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with interest thereon accrued to the
Repayment Date, to the undersigned at:
(Please Print or Type Name and Address of the Undersigned.)
For this Option to Elect Repayment to be effective, this Note with this Option to Elect
Repayment duly completed must be received not earlier than June 1, 2013 and not later than June 30,
2013 by the Company at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or at such other address of which
the Company shall from time to time notify the holder hereof); provided, however, that if June 30,
2013 is not a Business Day, this Note with this Option to Elect Repayment form duly completed may
be received at the aforementioned address on the next succeeding Business Day.
If less than the entire principal amount of the within Note is to be repaid, specify the
denominations of the Note to be issued for the unpaid amount ($2,000 or any integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof): $
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
Note: The Signature to this Option to Elect
Repayment must correspond with the name as
written upon the face of the within Note in
every particular without alterations or
as written upon the face of the within Note in
every particular without alterations or
enlargement or any change whatsoever.
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
B-11
EXHIBIT C Form of
Regulation S Certificate
REGULATION S CERTIFICATE
(For transfers pursuant to Sections
2.6(a), (c) and (e) of the Indenture)
|
|
|
To:
|
|
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
|
|
|
as Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Re:
|
|
Expedia, Inc. 7.456% Senior Notes
due 2018 (the Notes)
|
Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of August 21, 2006 (the
Indenture
),
among Expedia, Inc. (the
Company
), the Subsidiary Guarantors and The Bank of New York
Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in the Indenture or in Regulation S
or Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act
) are
used herein as so defined.
This certificate relates to US$
principal amount of Notes, which are evidenced by the
following certificate(s) (the
Specified Notes
):
CUSIP No(s). U3010DAA8
CERTIFICATE No(s).
The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the
undersigned
) hereby
certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner of the Specified Notes or (ii) it is
acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners of the Specified Notes and is duly authorized by them
to do so. Such beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the
Owner
. If the Specified Notes are represented by a Global Note, they are held through
DTC or an Agent Member in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner. If the
Specified Notes are not represented by a Global Note, they are registered in the name of the
undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.
The Owner has requested that the Specified Notes be transferred to a person (the
Transferee
) who will take delivery in the form of a Regulation S Note. In connection
with such transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that, unless such transfer is being effected
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, it is being effected in
accordance with Rule 903 or 904 or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and with all applicable
securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions. Accordingly, the Owner
hereby further certifies as follows:
1.
Rule 903 or 904 Transfers
. If the transfer is being effected in accordance with
Rule 903 or 904:
C-1
(a) the Owner is not a distributor of the Notes, an affiliate of the Company or of any
such distributor or a person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing;
(b) the offer of the Specified Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
(c) either:
(i) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the
United States or the Owner and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed
that the Transferee was outside the United States, or
(ii) the transaction is being executed in, on or through the facilities of a
designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S) and neither the
Owner nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction has been
prearranged with a buyer in the United States;
(d) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States by or on behalf of
the Owner or any affiliate thereof;
(e) if the Owner is a dealer in Notes or has received a selling concession, fee or
other remuneration in respect of the Specified Notes, and the transfer is to occur during
the Restricted Period, then the requirements of Rule 904(c)(1) have been satisfied; and
(f) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act.
2.
Rule 144 Transfers
. If the transfer is being effected pursuant to Rule 144:
(a) the transfer is occurring after August 21, 2007 and is being effected in accordance
with the applicable amount, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144; or
(b) the transfer is occurring after August 21, 2008 and the Owner is not, and during
the preceding three months has not been, an affiliate of the Company.
C-2
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company and the Initial Purchasers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
(Print the name of the undersigned, as such term is
defined in the second paragraph of this certificate)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(If the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or
fiduciary, the title of the person signing on behalf
of the undersigned must be stated)
|
|
|
C-3
EXHIBIT D Form of
Rule 144A Certificate
RULE 144A CERTIFICATE
(For transfers pursuant to Sections
2.6(b), (c), (d) and (e) of the Indenture)
|
|
|
To:
|
|
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
|
|
|
as Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Re:
|
|
Expedia, Inc. 7.456% Senior
Notes due 2018 (the
Notes
)
|
Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of August 21, 2006, (the
Indenture
),
among Expedia, Inc. (the
Company
), the Subsidiary Guarantors and The Bank of New York
Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in the Indenture or in Regulation S
or Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act
) are
used herein as so defined.
This certificate relates to US$
principal amount of Notes, which are evidenced by the
following certificate(s) (the
Specified Notes
):
CUSIP No(s). 30212PAA3
CERTIFICATE No(s).
The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the
undersigned
) hereby
certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner of the Specified Notes or (ii) it is
acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners of the Specified Notes and is duly authorized by them
to do so. Such beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the
Owner
. If the Specified Notes are represented by a Global Note, they are held through
DTC or an Agent Member in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner. If the
Specified Notes are not represented by a Global Note, they are registered in the name of the
Undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.
The Owner has requested that the Specified Notes be transferred to a person (the
Transferee
) who will take delivery in the form of a Rule 144A Note. In connection with
such transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that, unless such transfer is being effected pursuant to
an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, it is being effected in accordance
with Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and with all applicable securities laws of the
states of the United States and other jurisdictions. Accordingly, the Owner hereby further
certifies as:
1.
Rule 144A Transfers
. If the transfer is being effected in accordance with Rule
144A:
(a) the Specified Notes are being transferred to a person that the Owner and any person acting
on its behalf reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule
144A, acquiring for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer; and
D-1
(b) the Owner and any person acting on its behalf have taken reasonable steps to ensure that
the Transferee is aware that the Owner is relying on Rule 144A in connection with the transfer; and
2.
Rule 144 Transfers
. If the transfer is being effected pursuant to Rule 144:
(a) the transfer is occurring after August 21, 2007 and is being effected in accordance with
the applicable amount, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144; or
(b) the transfer is occurring after August 21, 2008 and the Owner is not, and during the
preceding three months has not been, an affiliate of the Company.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company and the Initial Purchasers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
(Print the name of the undersigned, as such term is
defined in the second paragraph of this certificate)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(If the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or
fiduciary, the title of the person signing on behalf
of the undersigned must be stated)
|
|
|
D-1
INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE
The undersigned,
, being the
of
(the Company) does
hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of the Company
as set forth in the adjacent right column opposite their respective names and the signatures
appearing in the far right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the
genuine signature of such officer and such individuals have the authority to execute documents to
be delivered to, or upon the request of, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee under
the Indenture dated as of August 21, 2006, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and The
Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the
day of
, 20___.
D-2
Exhibit 4.2
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated August 21, 2006 (the Agreement) is entered into by
and among Expedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), the subsidiary guarantors listed
in Schedule 1 hereto (the Guarantors), and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc.,
as representatives (the Representatives) of the initial purchasers (the Initial Purchasers)
listed in Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement dated August 16, 2006 (the Purchase Agreement).
The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement,
which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $500,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of the Companys 7.456% Senior Notes due 2018(the Securities) which will be
guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of the Guarantors. As an inducement to the Initial
Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to
provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights
set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the
closing under the Purchase Agreement.
In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.
Definitions
. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:
Additional Guarantor shall mean any subsidiary of the Company that becomes a Guarantor under
the Indenture after the date of this Agreement.
Business Day shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.
Company shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the
Companys successors.
Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
Exchange Dates shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.
Exchange Offer shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and the Guarantors of Exchange
Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.
Exchange Offer Registration shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected
pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.
Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on
Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to
such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a
part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.
Exchange Securities shall mean senior notes issued by the Company and guaranteed by the
Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the
Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual
interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities
in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
Free Writing Prospectus means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the
Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in
connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.
Guarantors shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include any
Additional Guarantors.
Holders shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable
Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become
owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and
5 of this Agreement, the term Holders shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.
Indemnified Person shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.
Indemnifying Person shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.
Indenture shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of August 21, 2006
among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, and as
the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Initial Purchasers shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Inspector shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiii) hereof.
Issuer Information shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.
Majority Holders shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of
the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders
of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable
Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates shall not be
counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required
percentage or amount; and provided, further, that if the Company shall issue any additional
Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the
effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable
Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of
determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable
Securities has been obtained.
Participating Broker-Dealers shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
Person shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust
or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
Prospectus shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations
of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary
prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement,
including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the
Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and
supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference
therein.
Purchase Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Representatives shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Registrable Securities shall mean the Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease
to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has
become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of
pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities are eligible to be sold pursuant
to Rule 144(k) (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the Securities Act
or (iii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding.
Registration Expenses shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or
compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i)
all SEC, stock exchange or National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. registration and filing
fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or
blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or
Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable
Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word
processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any amendments
or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar
agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this
Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the
qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of
the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company
and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements
of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which
counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of
the independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any
special audits or comfort letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance
with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than
fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and
commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition
of Registrable Securities by a Holder.
Registration Default shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.
Registration Statement shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the
Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement,
including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or
deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.
SEC shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securities shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
Shelf Additional Interest Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.
Shelf Effectiveness Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.
Shelf Registration shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.
Shelf Registration Statement shall mean a shelf registration statement of the Company and
the Guarantors that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities (but no other securities
unless approved by a majority of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be covered by such
Shelf Registration Statement) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or
any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such
registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus
contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by
reference therein.
Shelf Request shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.
Subsidiary Guarantees shall mean the guarantees of the Securities and Exchange Securities by
the Guarantors under the Indenture.
Staff shall mean the staff of the SEC.
Trust shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(j) hereof.
Trust Indenture Act shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to
time.
Trustee shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.
Underwriter shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.
Underwritten Offering shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an
Underwriter for reoffering to the public.
2.
Registration Under the Securities Act
. (a) To the extent not prohibited by any
applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Company and the Guarantors shall use
their commercially reasonable best efforts to (i) cause to be filed as soon as practicable, but in
any event no later than February 17, 2007 an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an
offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and
(ii) cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable,
but in no event later than May 18, 2007 and (iii) have such Registration Statement remain effective
until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers.
The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their commercially reasonable best
efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 30 days after such effective date.
The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related
Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder
stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the
following:
(i)
|
|
that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable
Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;
|
|
(ii)
|
|
the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days
from the date such notice is mailed) (the Exchange Dates);
|
|
(iii)
|
|
that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue
interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified
herein;
|
|
(iv)
|
|
that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange
Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the
appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the
Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B)
effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary
for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last
Exchange Date; and
|
|
(v)
|
|
that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of
business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address
(located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice, a
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the
principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such
withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable
Securities.
|
As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent
to the Company and the Guarantors that (i) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be
acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) at the time of the commencement of the
Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of
the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an affiliate (within the meaning of Rule
405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or any Guarantor and (iv) if such Holder is a
broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable
Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such
Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus
to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.
As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
(i)
|
|
accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not
properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and
|
|
(ii)
|
|
deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities
or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee
to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal
amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities tendered by such Holder.
|
The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts to
complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of
the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with
the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the
Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff.
(b) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer
Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may not be completed as soon as
reasonably practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or
applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason
completed by June 17, 2007 or (iii) upon receipt of a written request (a Shelf Request) from any
Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to
be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially
reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination date
or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing
for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf
Registration Statement become effective.
In the event that the Company and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration
Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company and the Guarantors shall
use their commercially reasonable best efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange
Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities
and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities
held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer.
The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their commercially reasonable best efforts to keep
the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the expiration of the period referred
to in Rule 144(k) (or any similar rule then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the Securities Act
with respect to the Registrable Securities or such shorter period that will terminate when all the
Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the
Shelf Registration Statement (the Shelf Effectiveness Period). The Company and the Guarantors
further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus if
required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the
Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and
regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with
respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their commercially reasonable best
efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration
Statement and Prospectus to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Company and the
Guarantors agree to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities (or file on EDGAR) copies of
any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.
(c) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any
registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all
underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating
to the sale or disposition of such Holders Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement.
(d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof will not be
deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. A Shelf
Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective
unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the
SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.
In the event that (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the SEC on
or prior to February 17, 2007, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared
effective by the SEC on or prior to May 18, 2007 or (iii) the Exchange Offer is not completed or
the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or 2(b)(ii) hereof, has
not become effective on or prior to June 17, 2007 (each such event referred to in clauses (i)
through (iii) above, a Registration Default), the interest rate on the Registrable Securities
will be increased by 0.25% per annum from the date of such Registration Default until such
Registration Default is cured or the Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act.
In the event that the Company receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii), and the Shelf
Registration Statement required to be filed thereby has not become effective by the later of (a)
June 17, 2007 or (b) 90 days after delivery of such Shelf Request (such later date, the Shelf
Additional Interest Date), then the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased
by 0.25% per annum from such date until the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or the
Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the Company and the Guarantors shall in no event be
required to pay additional interest for more than one Registration Default at any given time and
(2) a Holder of Notes or Exchange Notes who is not entitled to the benefits of a Shelf Registration
Statement shall not be entitled to additional interest with respect to a Registration Default that
pertains to such Shelf Registration Statement.
If the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, has become effective and thereafter
either ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case
whether or not permitted by this Agreement, at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and
such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 30 days (whether or not
consecutive) in any 12-month period, then the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be
increased by 0.25% per annum commencing on the 31
st
day in such 12-month period and
ending on such date that the Shelf Registration Statement has again become effective or the
Prospectus again becomes usable.
(e) Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the
Company and the Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by the Company or the Guarantors to comply
with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material
irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy
at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in
the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may
be required to specifically enforce the Companys and the Guarantors obligations under Section
2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.
(f) The Company represents, warrants and covenants that it (including its agents and
representatives) will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any written
communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), other than any communication
pursuant to Rule 134 under the Securities Act, any document constituting an offer to sell or
solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities or the Exchange Securities that falls within the
exception from the definition of prospectus in Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or a
prospectus satisfying the requirements of section 10(a) of the Securities Act or of Rule 430, Rule
430A, Rule 430B, Rule 430C or Rule 431 under the Securities Act.
3.
Registration Procedures
. (a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to
Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall as expeditiously as
reasonably possible:
(i) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the
Securities Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantors, (y) shall, in
the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the
Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of
the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith;
and use their commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become
effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;
(ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each
Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the
applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented
by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424
under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section
4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or
dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;
(iii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities,
to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for such Holders and to each Underwriter of an
Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, upon request, as many
copies of each Prospectus or preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as
such Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other
disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and the Company and the Guarantors consent to
the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in
accordance with applicable law by each of the Holders of Registrable Securities and any such
Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable
Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus
or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;
(iv) use their commercially reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable
Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any
Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in
writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such
Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc.; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary
or advisable to enable each Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the
Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided that neither the Company nor any Guarantor
shall be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in
securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2)
file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to
taxation or tariff in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;
(v) notify counsel for the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify
each Holder of Registrable Securities and counsel for such Holders promptly and, if requested by
any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has
become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective
and when any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed, (2) of any request by the
SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement or
Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3)
of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose,
including the receipt by the Company of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf
Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the
Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and
the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and
warranties of the Company or any Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities
sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable
Securities cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company or any Guarantor
receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable
Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (5)
of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes
any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material
respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or
Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (6) of any determination
by the Company or any Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any
amendment or supplement to the Prospectus would be appropriate;
(vi) use their commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order
suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration,
the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2), including by filing an
amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement on the proper form, as soon as practicable and
provide prompt notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;
(vii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon request, furnish to each Holder of Registrable
Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any
post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or
exhibits thereto, unless requested);
(viii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Holders of Registrable
Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing
Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such
Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent
with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Holders may reasonably request at least two Business
Days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;
(ix) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by
Section 3(a)(v)(5) hereof, use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a
supplement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or the related
Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so
that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of
the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Company and the Guarantors shall
notify the Holders of Registrable Securities to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as
practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Holders hereby agree to suspend use of
the Prospectus until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to
correct such misstatement or omission;
(x) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any
amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus (other than
documents that will be incorporated by
reference therein), provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their
counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Holders of Registrable
Securities and their counsel) and make such of the representatives of the Company and the
Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the
case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel)
available for discussion of such document; and the Company and the Guarantors shall not, at any
time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any amendment of
or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus (other than documents that will be
incorporated by reference therein), of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the
case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel)
shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or
their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable
Securities or their counsel) shall reasonably object;
(xi) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case
may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement;
(xii) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the
registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate
with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the
Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute,
and use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be
required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC
to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;
(xiii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection prior to the filing
of the Shelf Registration Statement and during the Shelf Effectiveness Period by a representative
of the Holders of the Registrable Securities (an Inspector), any Underwriter participating in any
disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorneys and accountants designated
by a majority of the Holders of Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration
and any attorneys and accountants designated by such Underwriter, at reasonable times and in a
reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the
Company and its subsidiaries, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the
Company and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector,
Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided
that if any such information is identified by the Company or any Guarantor as being confidential or
proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably
necessary
to protect the confidentiality of such information to the extent such action is otherwise not
inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of any Inspector,
Holder or Underwriter);
(xiv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their commercially reasonable best efforts to
cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation
system on which similar securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor are then
listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities satisfy
applicable listing requirements;
(xv) if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf
Registration Statement, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment
such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included
therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective
amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has received notification of the
matters to be so included in such filing;
(xvi) as may be reasonably be required in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such
customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those
requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by
the Shelf Registration Statement) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such
Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such
connection, (1) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Holders and
any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its
subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or
deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are
customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and
when requested, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors (which counsel and
opinions, in form, scope and substance similar to that provided in the Purchase Agreement, as
modified for registered offering, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such
Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of
Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in
underwritten offerings, (3) obtain comfort letters from the independent certified public
accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other certified public
accountant of any subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the
Company or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to
be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each selling Holder (to the extent
permitted by applicable professional standards) and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such
letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily
covered in comfort letters in connection with underwritten offerings, including but not
limited to financial information contained in any preliminary prospectus or Prospectus and (4)
deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are
customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the
representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors made pursuant to clause (1) above
and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement;
and
(xvii) so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause each Additional
Guarantor upon the creation or acquisition by the Company of such Additional Guarantor, to execute
a counterpart to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A and to deliver such
counterpart, together with an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability thereof against such
entity, to the Initial Purchasers no later than five Business Days following the execution thereof.
(b) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of
Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the
proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the
Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing.
(c) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Registrable Securities
covered in such Shelf Registration Statement agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the
Company and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section
3(a)(v)(3) or 3(a)(v)(5) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable
Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Holders receipt of the copies
of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(ix) hereof and, if so
directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Company and the
Guarantors all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders
possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of
receipt of such notice.
(d) If the Company and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of
Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall
extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant
to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving
of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have
received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions.
The Company and the Guarantors may give any such notice only three times during any 365-day
period and any such suspensions shall not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there shall
not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period.
(e) The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement who desire
to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such
Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an
Underwriter) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering.
4.
Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer
. (a) The Staff has taken the
position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the
Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making or other trading activities (a Participating Broker-Dealer) may be deemed to be an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus
meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange
Securities.
The Company and the Guarantors understand that it is the Staffs position that if the
Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution
containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may
resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the
amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating
Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their
prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange
Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of
the Securities Act.
(b) In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the
Company and the Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such
period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) of this Agreement), in order to expedite or
facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent
with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The Company and the Guarantors
further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or,
to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period (but not thereafter) in
connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.
(c) The Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company, any Guarantor or any Holder
with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above.
5.
Indemnification and Contribution
. (a) The Company and each Guarantor, jointly and
severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their
respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial
Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including,
without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit,
action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or
several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the
statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus used in violation of this
Agreement or any issuer information (Issuer Information) filed or required to be filed pursuant
to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged
untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating
to any Initial Purchaser or information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing
through the Representatives or any selling Holder, respectively expressly for use therein. In
connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors,
jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and
similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective
affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and
the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the
Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free
Writing Prospectus or any Issuer Information.
(b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company,
the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, the directors of the Company
and the Guarantors, each officer of the Company and the Guarantors who signed the Registration
Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantors, any Initial Purchaser
and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20
of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only
with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon,
any untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in
conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such
Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement and any Prospectus.
(c) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation),
claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification
may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the Indemnified Person)
shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the Indemnifying
Person) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve
it from any liability that it may have under this Section 5 except to the extent that it has been
materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure;
and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from
any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under this Section 5. If
any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have
notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled
to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such
proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the fees
and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any
Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of
such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person
and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person
has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified
Person; or (iii) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include
both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the
same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them.
It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any
proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of
more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and
that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm
(x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of
such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, (y) for any Holder,
its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by
the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company. The
Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its
written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the
plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any
loss or
liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the
written consent of the Indemnified Person (not to be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement
of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have
been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person,
unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that
are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any
admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.
(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an
Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities
referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying
such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the
Guarantors from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by
the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act,
on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable
law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in
clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the
Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The
relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall
be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission.
(e) The Company, the Guarantors and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable
if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by
pro
rata
allocation
(even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of
allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d)
above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims,
damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to
the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such
Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of
this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the
amount by
which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange
Securities sold by such Holder exceeds
the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such
untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders
obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.
(f) The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any
rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.
(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain
operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii)
any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder or any Person
controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or the
Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors,
(iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities
pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.
6.
General
.
(a)
No Inconsistent Agreements.
The Company and the Guarantors represent, warrant and agree
that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not
inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or
guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Company
nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any
agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in
this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
(b)
Amendments and Waivers.
The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of
this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures
from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the
written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent;
provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the
provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities
unless consented to in writing by such Holder. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers
or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties
hereto.
(c)
Notices.
All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall
be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier
guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such
Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section
6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in
the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantors, initially at the Companys
address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which
is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at
their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other
address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such
notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand,
if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if
mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the
next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of
all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person
giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.
(d)
Successors and Assigns.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and
without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall
be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in
violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder
shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such
Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and
holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be
bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be
entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial
Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to
any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of
such Holder under this Agreement.
(e)
Third Party Beneficiaries.
Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the
agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial
Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the
extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of
other Holders hereunder.
(f)
Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
(g)
Headings.
The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a
part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
(h)
Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York.
(i)
Entire Agreement; Severability.
This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the
parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings
with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement
is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public
policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall
remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The
Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to
replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of
which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.
(j)
Limitation of Liability for Massachusetts Business Trust
. The Agreement and
Declaration of Trust of TripAdvisor Business Trust (the Trust), one of the Guarantors, is on file
with the Secretary to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Agreement is executed on behalf of
the Trust by the Trusts trustee or officers, as applicable, as trustee or as officers and not
individually and the obligations imposed upon the Trust by this Agreement are not binding upon any
of the Trusts trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets
and property of the Trust.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXPEDIA, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
EXPEDIA, INC. (WA)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Dara Khosrowshahi
Dara Khosrowshahi
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Chief Executive Officer & President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TRAVELSCAPE, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
HOTELS.COM
HOTWIRE, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
TRIPADVISOR, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
INTERACTIVE AFFILIATE NETWORK, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
|
HOTELS.COM GP, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
OWL HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
CLASSIC VACATIONS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Michael B. Adler
Michael B. Adler
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HRN 99 HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Amy Weaver
Amy Weaver
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Manager
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IAN.COM, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
HOTELS.COM, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: HOTELS.COM GP, LLC,
|
|
|
|
|
its general partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Michael B. Adler
Michael B. Adler
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
[Expedia Registration Rights Agreement]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TRIPADVISOR BUSINESS TRUST
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Stephen Kaufer
Stephen Kaufer
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Trustee, President and Chief
Executive
Officer, and not
individually
|
|
|
Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:
|
|
|
|
|
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
Name:
|
|
/s/ Stephen L. Sheiner
Stephen L. Sheiner
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
Name:
|
|
/s/ Martin Ragde
Martin Ragde
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Managing Director
|
|
|
for themselves and on behalf of the several
Initial Purchasers listed in Schedule 1 to the
Purchase Agreement.
[Expedia Registration Rights Agreement]
Schedule 1
|
|
|
Name of Guarantor
|
|
State of Incorporation
|
Expedia, Inc.
|
|
WA
|
Travelscape, LLC
|
|
NV
|
Hotels.com
|
|
DE
|
Hotwire, Inc.
|
|
DE
|
TripAdvisor, LLC
|
|
DE
|
TripAdvisor Business Trust
|
|
MA
|
Interactive Affiliate Network, LLC
|
|
DE
|
Hotels.com, L.P.
|
|
TX
|
Hotels.com GP, LLC
|
|
TX
|
HRN 99 Holdings, LLC
|
|
NY
|
IAN.com, L.P.
|
|
DE
|
Owl Holding Company, Inc.
|
|
DE
|
Classic Vacations, LLC
|
|
NV
|
Annex A
Counterpart to Registration Rights Agreement
The undersigned hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees as a Guarantor (as
defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August ___, 2006 by and among Expedia,
Inc., a Delaware corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
and Lehman Brothers Inc., to be bound by the terms and provisions of such Registration Rights
Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this counterpart as of
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF SUBSIDIARY
GUARANTOR]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
26